1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % redefine the greyed out note
45 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
46 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
48 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
53 \font_typewriter default
54 \font_default_family default
64 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
65 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
69 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
70 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
71 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
76 \pdf_pagebackref false
77 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
78 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
85 \paperorientation portrait
96 \paragraph_separation indent
98 \quotes_language english
101 \paperpagestyle default
102 \tracking_changes false
103 \output_changes false
119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
121 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
123 \begin_inset CommandInset href
125 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
136 \begin_inset Newline newline
140 \begin_inset Newline newline
144 \begin_inset Note Note
147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
148 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
149 \begin_inset Newline newline
154 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
162 \begin_layout Standard
163 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
164 LatexCommand tableofcontents
171 \begin_layout Chapter
175 \begin_layout Section
179 \begin_layout Standard
180 LyX is a document preparation system.
181 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
182 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
183 It is unlike most other
184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
191 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
193 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
205 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
210 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
214 \begin_layout Standard
215 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
228 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
232 \begin_layout Standard
234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
245 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
246 the format of all of the manuals.
247 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
248 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
265 \begin_layout Section
269 \begin_layout Standard
270 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
272 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
273 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
275 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
294 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
297 \begin_layout Standard
298 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
299 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
300 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
302 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
303 only a vertical scrollbar.
304 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
305 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
306 This, however, is due
307 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
308 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
309 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
310 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
312 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
313 this doesn't work for equations yet.
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
325 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
330 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
331 ing sections of this documentation.
334 \begin_layout Section
338 \begin_layout Standard
339 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
344 of the manuals from inside LyX.
345 Just select the manual you want read from the
352 \begin_layout Section
354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
356 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
363 \begin_layout Standard
364 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
365 without resorting to configuration files.
366 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
367 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
368 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
383 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
384 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
385 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
386 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
388 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Reconfiguration of LyX
401 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
404 \begin_layout Section
406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
408 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
415 \begin_layout Standard
416 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
417 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
440 that will be created when using the menu
442 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
461 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
462 \begin_inset Note Note
465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
466 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
474 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
475 More on ERT is described in section
480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
486 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
493 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
507 Reconfiguration of LyX
515 \begin_layout Chapter
519 \begin_layout Section
520 Basic File Operations
524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
533 \begin_layout Standard
538 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
542 \begin_layout Itemize
548 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_layout Itemize
572 \begin_layout Itemize
578 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
594 \begin_layout Itemize
608 \begin_layout Itemize
618 \begin_layout Itemize
624 \begin_layout Itemize
630 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
642 \begin_layout Standard
643 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
644 a few minor differences.
647 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
662 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
663 you for a template to use.
664 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
665 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
666 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
674 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
681 \begin_layout Standard
683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
706 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
707 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
710 \begin_layout Standard
731 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
736 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
761 will reload the document from disk.
762 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
763 and want to restore it to the last save.
772 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
773 can identify this as your changes.
776 \begin_layout Section
777 Basic Editing Features
781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
790 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
797 \begin_layout Standard
798 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
799 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
800 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
801 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
803 We'll start with cut and paste.
806 \begin_layout Standard
807 As you might expect, the
811 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
812 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
816 \begin_layout Itemize
822 \begin_layout Itemize
828 \begin_layout Itemize
834 \begin_layout Itemize
844 \begin_layout Itemize
854 \begin_layout Itemize
868 \begin_layout Standard
869 The first three are self-explanatory.
870 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
871 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
880 keys also functions as the
885 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
886 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
891 to get back the lost text.
894 \begin_layout Standard
898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
904 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
913 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
916 \begin_layout Standard
919 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
924 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
935 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
941 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
950 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
951 will start a new paragraph.
954 \begin_layout Standard
958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
976 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1000 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1005 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1008 \begin_inset space ~
1017 \begin_inset space ~
1022 button to skip the current word.
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1031 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1035 \begin_inset space ~
1040 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1042 If the toggle is set, searching for
1043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1054 will not match the word
1055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1069 Match whole words only
1071 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1099 \begin_layout Standard
1100 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1101 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1103 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1108 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1115 \begin_layout Section
1120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1139 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1146 \begin_layout Standard
1147 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1148 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1151 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1154 to undo some mistake.
1155 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1157 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1173 \begin_layout Standard
1174 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1175 it was last saved, the
1176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1183 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1184 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1187 \begin_layout Standard
1196 work on almost everything in LyX.
1197 They have some quirks, too.
1206 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1207 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1215 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1216 surely appreciate how it works.
1219 \begin_layout Section
1224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1233 \begin_layout Standard
1234 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1237 \begin_layout Enumerate
1242 \begin_layout Itemize
1247 once anywhere in the edit window.
1248 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1252 \begin_layout Enumerate
1257 \begin_layout Itemize
1263 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1266 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1269 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1272 \begin_layout Itemize
1273 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1275 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1282 \begin_layout Enumerate
1283 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1287 \begin_layout Standard
1292 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1293 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1294 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1298 \begin_layout Enumerate
1303 \begin_layout Standard
1308 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1313 \begin_layout Section
1315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1317 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1334 \begin_layout Standard
1335 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1336 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1338 LyX's default is CUA.
1341 \begin_layout Standard
1345 \begin_inset space ~
1353 \begin_inset space ~
1374 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1378 \begin_layout Labeling
1379 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1383 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1384 LatexCommand nomenclature
1386 description "Tabulator key"
1392 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1393 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1394 \begin_inset space ~
1398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1400 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1407 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1411 , especially section
1412 \begin_inset space ~
1416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1418 reference "sub:Lists"
1424 If you're still confused, look in the
1431 \begin_layout Labeling
1432 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1436 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1437 LatexCommand nomenclature
1439 description "Escape key"
1446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1453 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1454 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1457 \begin_layout Labeling
1458 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1464 \begin_inset space ~
1468 \begin_inset space ~
1475 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1476 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1480 \begin_layout Standard
1481 There are three modifier keys:
1484 \begin_layout Labeling
1485 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1503 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1504 LatexCommand nomenclature
1506 description "Control key"
1510 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1511 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1515 \begin_layout Itemize
1524 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1527 \begin_layout Itemize
1536 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1539 \begin_layout Itemize
1548 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1552 \begin_layout Labeling
1553 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1571 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1572 LatexCommand nomenclature
1574 description "Shift key"
1578 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1579 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1582 \begin_layout Labeling
1583 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1601 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1602 LatexCommand nomenclature
1604 description "Meta or Alt key"
1608 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1609 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1610 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1616 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1618 menu accelerator keys
1621 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1622 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1626 \begin_layout Standard
1627 For example, the sequence
1628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1634 \begin_inset space ~
1638 \begin_inset space ~
1644 \begin_inset space ~
1652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1675 \begin_inset space ~
1681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1691 \begin_layout Standard
1692 There are also other things bound to the
1696 key, but you'll have to check in the
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1710 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1711 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1712 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1713 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1714 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1715 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1731 followed by a capital
1737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1755 \begin_layout Chapter
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1769 \begin_layout Section
1774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1783 \begin_layout Subsection
1787 \begin_layout Standard
1788 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1789 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1790 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1791 numbering schemes, and so on.
1792 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1793 and format the title of your document differently.
1796 \begin_layout Standard
1801 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1802 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1803 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1804 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1805 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1808 \begin_layout Standard
1809 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1810 how to adjust their properties.
1813 \begin_layout Subsection
1818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1827 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1834 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1838 \begin_layout Standard
1839 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1843 \begin_layout Description
1844 Article for basic articles
1847 \begin_layout Description
1848 Report for basic reports
1851 \begin_layout Description
1852 Book for writing a book
1855 \begin_layout Description
1856 Letter for US-style letters
1859 \begin_layout Standard
1860 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1862 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1863 can be found in chapter
1865 Special Document Classes
1874 \begin_layout Description
1875 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1878 \begin_layout Description
1885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1894 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1898 \begin_layout Description
1899 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1900 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1901 There are three article layouts available.
1902 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1903 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1904 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1905 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1910 sequential numbering
1911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1914 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1915 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1916 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1917 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1920 \begin_layout Description
1921 Beamer Layout for presentations
1924 \begin_layout Description
1925 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1926 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1930 \begin_layout Description
1932 \begin_inset space ~
1935 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1938 \begin_layout Description
1939 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1942 \begin_layout Description
1945 Die TeXnische Komödie
1947 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1950 \begin_layout Description
1951 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1954 \begin_layout Description
1955 Foils Used to make transparencies
1958 \begin_layout Description
1959 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1962 \begin_layout Description
1963 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1964 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1968 \begin_layout Description
1969 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1970 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1973 \begin_layout Description
1974 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1977 \begin_layout Description
1978 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1981 \begin_layout Description
1982 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1983 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1986 \begin_layout Description
1987 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1990 \begin_layout Description
1995 LaTeX document class
1998 \begin_layout Description
1999 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2002 \begin_layout Description
2007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2014 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2015 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2017 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2020 \begin_layout Description
2021 Slides Used to make transparencies
2024 \begin_layout Description
2026 \begin_inset space ~
2029 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2030 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2033 \begin_layout Description
2034 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2037 \begin_layout Description
2042 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2045 \begin_layout Standard
2046 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2048 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2053 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2054 of the document classes.
2057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2061 \begin_layout Standard
2062 You can select a class using the
2064 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2078 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2083 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2102 \begin_layout Standard
2103 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2104 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2106 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2108 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2122 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2123 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2124 installed by default.
2125 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2126 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2130 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2134 \begin_layout Standard
2135 Each class has a default set of options.
2136 Here's a quick table describing them:
2139 \begin_layout Standard
2140 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2146 \begin_layout Standard
2148 \begin_inset Tabular
2149 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2151 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2152 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2153 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2154 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2155 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2609 \begin_layout Standard
2610 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2616 \begin_layout Standard
2617 You're probably also wondering what
2618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2622 \begin_inset space ~
2626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2630 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2631 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2636 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2641 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2651 headings, there are also
2659 headings, and so on.
2660 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2661 \begin_inset space ~
2665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2667 reference "sub:Headings"
2674 \begin_layout Subsection
2679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2688 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2707 \begin_layout Standard
2708 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2710 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2721 \begin_inset space ~
2726 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2728 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2729 to use for your document.
2730 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2734 \begin_layout Standard
2738 \begin_inset space ~
2747 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2748 You can choose between the following five options:
2751 \begin_layout Labeling
2752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2757 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2760 \begin_layout Labeling
2761 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2766 No page numbers or headings.
2769 \begin_layout Labeling
2770 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2778 \begin_layout Labeling
2779 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2784 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2785 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2786 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2789 \begin_layout Labeling
2790 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2795 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2805 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2811 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2812 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2814 Check the documentation for the
2818 package for more details,
2819 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2828 \begin_layout Standard
2833 of paragraphs is described in section
2834 \begin_inset space ~
2838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2840 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2847 \begin_layout Subsection
2848 Paper Size and Orientation
2852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 Document ! Paper size
2859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2861 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2868 \begin_layout Standard
2869 You'll find the following options in the menu
2872 \begin_inset space ~
2877 of the dialog of the
2879 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2897 \begin_layout Labeling
2898 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2903 What size paper to print on.
2907 \begin_layout Itemize
2913 \begin_layout Itemize
2923 \begin_layout Itemize
2929 \begin_layout Itemize
2935 \begin_layout Itemize
2941 \begin_layout Itemize
2947 \begin_layout Itemize
2953 \begin_layout Labeling
2954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2959 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2970 \begin_layout Labeling
2971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2975 \begin_inset space ~
2980 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2981 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2984 \begin_layout Subsection
2989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3015 \begin_layout Standard
3016 Paper margins are set in the menu
3018 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3036 \begin_layout Standard
3037 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3038 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3039 the paper format and the font size into account.
3042 \begin_layout Subsection
3046 \begin_layout Standard
3047 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3052 That includes the paragraph environments.
3053 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3054 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3055 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3056 paragraph environments to
3060 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3061 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3062 the conversion and why it failed.
3065 \begin_layout Section
3066 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3071 Paragraph ! Indentation
3079 \begin_layout Subsection
3081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3083 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3090 \begin_layout Standard
3091 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3092 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3095 \begin_layout Standard
3096 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3097 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3098 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3099 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3103 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3109 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3110 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3111 language than English.
3112 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3115 \begin_layout Standard
3116 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3117 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3119 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3120 LyX takes care of that.
3121 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3123 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3124 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3125 of a page, and so on.
3129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3130 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3135 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3136 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3140 of these pre-coded spacings.
3141 We'll explain more later.
3144 \begin_layout Subsection
3145 Paragraph Separation
3149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3150 Paragraph ! Separation
3158 \begin_layout Standard
3159 To separate paragraphs, select
3170 \begin_inset space ~
3177 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3190 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3191 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3192 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3195 \begin_layout Standard
3205 \begin_layout Standard
3206 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3207 \begin_inset space ~
3211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3213 reference "cap:Units"
3218 The default length is 30
3219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3225 \begin_layout Subsection
3229 \begin_layout Standard
3230 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3233 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3235 \begin_inset space ~
3240 dialog and toggle the
3243 \begin_inset space ~
3248 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3249 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3250 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3254 \begin_layout Standard
3255 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3256 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3259 \begin_layout Subsection
3264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3265 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3273 \begin_layout Standard
3276 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3289 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3292 \begin_inset space ~
3301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3302 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3311 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3316 installed to use this feature.
3324 \begin_layout Section
3325 Paragraph Environments
3329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3330 Paragraph ! Environments
3336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3338 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3347 Paragraph environments|(
3355 \begin_layout Subsection
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3363 \begin_layout Standard
3382 \begin_inset Newline newline
3385 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3386 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3387 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3396 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3399 \begin_layout Standard
3400 A paragraph environment is simply a
3401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3408 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3409 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3410 scheme, labels, and so on.
3411 Additionally, you can
3412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3419 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3420 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3421 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3422 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3423 days of typewriters.
3424 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3426 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3429 \begin_layout Standard
3430 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3432 LyX will change the environment of the
3436 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3437 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3438 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3442 \begin_layout Standard
3451 create a new paragraph using the
3455 paragraph environment.
3457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3464 because if you are in one of these environments:
3467 \begin_layout Itemize
3473 \begin_layout Itemize
3479 \begin_layout Itemize
3485 \begin_layout Itemize
3491 \begin_layout Itemize
3497 \begin_layout Itemize
3503 \begin_layout Itemize
3509 \begin_layout Standard
3510 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3514 , rather than resetting it to
3519 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3520 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3521 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3522 \begin_inset space ~
3526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3528 reference "sec:Nesting"
3533 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3538 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3539 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3547 \begin_layout Subsection
3551 \begin_layout Standard
3552 The default paragraph environment is
3557 It creates a plain paragraph.
3558 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3559 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3560 this manual) are in the
3567 \begin_layout Standard
3568 You can nest a paragraph using the
3572 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3580 \begin_layout Subsection
3585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3594 \begin_layout Standard
3595 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3604 for thanks or contact information.
3605 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3606 page along with today's date.
3607 For other types of documents, the title
3608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3615 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3619 \begin_layout Standard
3620 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3634 Here's how you use them:
3637 \begin_layout Itemize
3638 Put the title of your document in the
3645 \begin_layout Itemize
3646 Put the author name in the
3653 \begin_layout Itemize
3654 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3655 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3661 Note that using this environment is optional.
3662 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3663 If you don't want any date, add the line
3664 \begin_inset Newline newline
3674 \begin_inset Newline newline
3677 to the preamble of your document (menu
3679 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3685 \begin_layout Standard
3686 You can use footnotes to insert
3687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3694 or contact informations.
3697 \begin_layout Subsection
3702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3718 \begin_layout Standard
3719 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3720 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3723 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3729 Section headings ! Numbered
3737 \begin_layout Standard
3738 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3742 \begin_layout Enumerate
3748 \begin_layout Enumerate
3754 \begin_layout Enumerate
3760 \begin_layout Enumerate
3766 \begin_layout Enumerate
3772 \begin_layout Enumerate
3778 \begin_layout Enumerate
3784 \begin_layout Standard
3785 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3786 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3787 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3790 \begin_layout Standard
3791 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3792 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3793 You group the book into chapters.
3794 LyX does similar grouping:
3797 \begin_layout Itemize
3802 is divided in either
3811 \begin_layout Itemize
3823 \begin_layout Itemize
3835 \begin_layout Itemize
3847 \begin_layout Itemize
3859 \begin_layout Itemize
3871 \begin_layout Standard
3872 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3880 Not all document types use the
3884 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3889 is the top-level heading.
3897 \begin_layout Standard
3902 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3903 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3905 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3917 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3923 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3931 \begin_layout Standard
3932 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3936 \begin_layout Enumerate
3942 \begin_layout Enumerate
3948 \begin_layout Enumerate
3954 \begin_layout Enumerate
3960 \begin_layout Enumerate
3966 \begin_layout Standard
3968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3975 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3976 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3977 table of contents, see section
3978 \begin_inset space ~
3982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3991 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3992 Changing the Numbering
3993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3995 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4002 \begin_layout Standard
4003 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4004 in the Table of Contents.
4005 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4007 Certain classes start with
4021 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4031 This is something you can change.
4034 \begin_layout Standard
4037 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4057 \begin_inset space ~
4061 \begin_inset space ~
4066 you'll see two counters.
4071 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4073 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4077 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4078 Short Titles of Headings
4082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4083 Section headings ! Short titles
4092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4099 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4101 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4108 \begin_layout Standard
4109 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4110 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4111 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4112 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4115 \begin_layout Standard
4116 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4117 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4118 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4119 To specify a short title, use the menu
4121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4123 \begin_inset space ~
4129 This will insert a box labeled
4130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4145 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4146 This also works for captions inside floats.
4149 \begin_layout Standard
4150 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4153 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4157 \begin_layout Standard
4158 The following information applies to all section headings:
4161 \begin_layout Itemize
4162 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4165 \begin_layout Itemize
4166 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4169 \begin_layout Itemize
4170 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4173 \begin_layout Itemize
4174 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4177 \begin_layout Subsection
4178 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4181 \begin_layout Standard
4182 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4196 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4197 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4198 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4199 the text they contain.
4200 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4208 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4211 \begin_layout Standard
4212 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4221 when you start a new paragraph.
4222 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4226 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4227 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4228 to change back to the
4232 environment yourself.
4235 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4264 \begin_layout Standard
4265 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4266 time for the differences.
4275 are identical except for one difference:
4279 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4288 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4291 \begin_layout Standard
4292 Here's an example of the
4305 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4307 See -- no indentation!
4311 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4312 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4313 the other paragraph.
4316 \begin_layout Standard
4317 Here's another example, this time in the
4324 \begin_layout Quotation
4330 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4331 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4332 the first line, then
4336 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4340 you were quoting other text.
4343 \begin_layout Quotation
4344 Here's a new paragraph.
4345 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4346 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4349 \begin_layout Standard
4350 As the examples show,
4354 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4355 They should put quotes in the
4360 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4364 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4367 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4404 \begin_layout Standard
4409 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4415 \begin_inset Newline newline
4418 Which I did not rehearse!
4422 It could be much worse.
4423 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4425 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4426 indented a bit more than the first.
4427 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4433 \begin_inset Newline newline
4436 And make things look fine
4437 \begin_inset Newline newline
4447 \begin_layout Standard
4452 does not indent both margins.
4453 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4454 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4465 \begin_layout Subsection
4470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4486 \begin_layout Standard
4487 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4497 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4506 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4507 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4508 some general features of all four of them.
4511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4518 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4527 reset the environment to
4531 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4532 The nesting depth is not also kept.
4533 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4538 to break paragraphs.
4541 \begin_layout Standard
4542 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4543 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4545 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4546 you read all of section
4547 \begin_inset space ~
4551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4553 reference "sec:Nesting"
4561 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4586 \begin_layout Standard
4587 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4591 paragraph environment.
4592 It has the following properties:
4595 \begin_layout Itemize
4596 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4600 \begin_layout Itemize
4601 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4604 \begin_layout Itemize
4605 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4609 \begin_layout Itemize
4610 The items can have any length.
4611 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4612 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4619 \begin_layout Itemize
4624 environment inside another
4628 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4632 \begin_layout Itemize
4633 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4636 \begin_layout Itemize
4637 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4640 \begin_layout Itemize
4642 \begin_inset space ~
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4648 reference "sec:Nesting"
4652 for a full explanation of nesting.
4656 \begin_layout Standard
4657 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4666 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4669 \begin_layout Standard
4670 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4671 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4672 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4675 \begin_layout Itemize
4676 The label for the first level
4680 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4684 \begin_layout Itemize
4685 The label for the second level is a dash.
4689 \begin_layout Itemize
4690 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4694 \begin_layout Itemize
4695 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4699 \begin_layout Itemize
4700 Back out to the third level.
4704 \begin_layout Itemize
4705 Back to the second level.
4709 \begin_layout Itemize
4710 Back to the outermost level.
4713 \begin_layout Standard
4714 These are the default labels for an
4719 You can customize these labels in the
4721 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4724 dialog in the submenu
4734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4743 \begin_layout Standard
4744 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4745 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4747 \begin_inset space ~
4751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4753 reference "sec:Nesting"
4760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4778 name "sec:Enumerate"
4785 \begin_layout Standard
4790 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4791 It has these properties:
4794 \begin_layout Enumerate
4795 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4799 \begin_layout Enumerate
4800 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4804 \begin_layout Enumerate
4805 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4808 \begin_layout Enumerate
4813 environment resets the counter to one.
4816 \begin_layout Enumerate
4829 \begin_layout Enumerate
4830 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4831 Items can have any length.
4834 \begin_layout Enumerate
4835 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4838 \begin_layout Enumerate
4839 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4842 \begin_layout Enumerate
4843 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4847 \begin_layout Standard
4856 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4857 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4864 \begin_layout Enumerate
4865 The first level of an
4869 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4873 \begin_layout Enumerate
4874 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4878 \begin_layout Enumerate
4879 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4883 \begin_layout Enumerate
4884 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4887 \begin_layout Enumerate
4888 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4893 \begin_layout Enumerate
4894 Back to the third level
4898 \begin_layout Enumerate
4899 Back to the second level.
4903 \begin_layout Enumerate
4904 Back to the outermost level.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4913 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4918 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4922 \begin_layout Standard
4923 There is more to nesting
4927 environments than we've stated here.
4928 You should read section
4929 \begin_inset space ~
4933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4935 reference "sec:Nesting"
4939 to learn more about nesting.
4942 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4960 name "sec:Description-List"
4967 \begin_layout Standard
4968 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4972 list has no fixed label.
4973 Instead, LyX uses the first
4974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4981 of the first line as the label.
4985 \begin_layout Description
4986 Example: This is an example of the
4993 \begin_layout Standard
4994 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4998 \begin_layout Standard
5000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5007 it is meant that the first hit of the
5011 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5013 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5024 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5025 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5027 \begin_inset space ~
5033 \begin_inset space ~
5037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5039 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5043 for more info.) Here is an example:
5046 \begin_layout Description
5048 \begin_inset space ~
5051 Example: This one shows how to use a
5054 \begin_inset space ~
5066 \begin_layout Description
5067 Usage: You should use the
5071 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5072 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5074 It's not a good idea to use a
5078 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5079 You're better off using
5091 paragraphs into them.
5094 \begin_layout Description
5095 Nesting: You can nest
5099 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5103 \begin_layout Standard
5104 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5105 them from the first line.
5108 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5118 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5124 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5133 \begin_layout Standard
5138 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5142 \begin_layout Standard
5151 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5152 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5155 \begin_layout Labeling
5156 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5158 \begin_inset space ~
5161 labels LyX uses the first
5162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5169 of each line as the item label.
5174 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5175 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5176 blank as described above.
5179 \begin_layout Labeling
5180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5181 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5182 the body of the item text.
5183 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5184 label width plus a little extra space.
5188 \begin_layout Labeling
5189 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5191 \begin_inset space ~
5194 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5196 If the label width is larger, the label
5197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5204 into the first line.
5205 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5206 margin of the rest of the item text.
5209 \begin_layout Labeling
5210 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5212 \begin_inset space ~
5215 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5220 environment have the same left margin.
5221 \begin_inset Newline newline
5224 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5227 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5229 \begin_inset space ~
5238 \begin_inset space ~
5243 determines the default label width.
5244 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5253 multiple times instead.
5254 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5263 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5266 \begin_inset space ~
5271 every time you alter a label in a
5276 \begin_inset Newline newline
5279 The predefined default width is the length of
5280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5289 \begin_inset Newline newline
5293 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5301 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5302 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5310 \begin_layout Standard
5315 environment the same way like the
5319 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5325 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5329 \begin_layout Standard
5334 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5336 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5338 \begin_inset space ~
5342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5344 reference "sec:Nesting"
5348 to learn about nesting.
5351 \begin_layout Standard
5352 There is yet another feature of the
5356 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5358 You can use additional
5362 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5368 \begin_inset space ~
5372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5374 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5379 Here are some examples:
5382 \begin_layout Labeling
5383 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5384 Left The default for
5391 \begin_layout Labeling
5392 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5393 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5400 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5403 \begin_layout Labeling
5404 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5405 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5409 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5416 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5419 \begin_layout Subsection
5424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5433 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5441 \begin_inset space ~
5449 \begin_layout Standard
5450 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5458 \begin_inset space ~
5464 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5465 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5466 In contrast, you can use the
5473 \begin_inset space ~
5478 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5479 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5483 \begin_layout Standard
5484 Of course, you're not limited to using
5491 \begin_inset space ~
5500 \begin_inset space ~
5505 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5506 some European academic papers.
5509 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5511 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5513 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5520 \begin_layout Standard
5525 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5526 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5530 \begin_inset space ~
5535 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5536 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5537 Here's an example of each:
5540 \begin_layout Right Address
5542 \begin_inset Newline newline
5546 \begin_inset Newline newline
5550 \begin_inset Newline newline
5553 When is it? What is today?
5556 \begin_layout Standard
5560 \begin_inset space ~
5566 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5567 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5568 Here's an example of the
5575 \begin_layout Address
5577 \begin_inset Newline newline
5580 Where do I send this
5581 \begin_inset Newline newline
5584 Your post office and country
5587 \begin_layout Standard
5588 As you can see, both
5595 \begin_inset space ~
5600 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5605 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5611 This makes sense, since
5619 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5620 Thus, you have to use
5631 \begin_inset space ~
5634 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5636 \begin_inset space ~
5645 menu) to start a new line in an
5652 \begin_inset space ~
5660 \begin_layout Subsection
5664 \begin_layout Standard
5665 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5666 or list of references.
5667 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5670 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5686 \begin_layout Standard
5691 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5692 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5693 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5694 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5698 in anything else or vice versa.
5704 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5705 The book document classes ignores the
5709 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5713 in a letter document class.
5716 \begin_layout Standard
5721 environment does several things for you.
5722 First, it puts the centered label
5723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5731 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5733 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5734 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5735 the subsequent text.
5736 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5737 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5740 \begin_layout Standard
5741 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5745 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5746 The new paragraph will still be in the
5751 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5752 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5755 \begin_layout Standard
5756 \begin_inset Float figure
5761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5763 \begin_inset Graphics
5764 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5773 \begin_inset Caption
5775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5778 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5799 \begin_layout Standard
5800 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5804 environment, but since this document is in the
5805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5812 class, we can't do this.
5813 We inserted it therefore as figure
5814 \begin_inset space ~
5818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5820 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5825 If you've never heard of an
5826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5833 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5836 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5854 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5861 \begin_layout Standard
5866 environment is used to list references.
5867 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5868 only use it at the end of the document.
5873 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5876 \begin_layout Standard
5877 When you first open a
5881 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5897 depending on the document class.
5898 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5899 Each paragraph of the
5903 environment is a bibliography entry.
5908 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5909 Each new paragraph is still in the
5916 \begin_layout Standard
5917 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5919 \begin_inset space ~
5923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5925 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5932 \begin_layout Subsection
5939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5940 Paragraph ! LyX code
5946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5955 \begin_layout Standard
5960 environment is another LyX extension.
5961 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5966 key as a fixed whitespace;
5970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5982 \begin_inset space ~
5987 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5992 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5993 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6011 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6012 So, when you finish using the
6016 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6017 Also, you can nest the
6021 environment inside of others.
6024 \begin_layout Standard
6025 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6028 \begin_layout Itemize
6033 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6045 \begin_layout Itemize
6058 \begin_layout Itemize
6063 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6070 \begin_layout Itemize
6079 \begin_layout Itemize
6080 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6081 You must put at least one
6085 in any line you want blank.
6086 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6089 \begin_layout Itemize
6090 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6094 since that will insert
6099 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6107 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6110 \begin_layout Standard
6114 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6118 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6122 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6126 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6130 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6131 printf("Hello World!
6136 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6140 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6144 \begin_layout Standard
6145 This is just the standard
6146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6157 \begin_layout Standard
6162 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6163 rc-files, and so on.
6164 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6165 as if you used a typewriter.
6169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6170 Paragraph environments|)
6178 \begin_layout Section
6179 Nesting Environments
6183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6184 Nesting ! Environments
6190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6199 \begin_layout Subsection
6203 \begin_layout Standard
6204 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6206 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6208 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6210 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6222 \begin_layout Enumerate
6226 \begin_layout Enumerate
6231 \begin_layout Enumerate
6235 \begin_layout Enumerate
6240 \begin_layout Enumerate
6244 \begin_layout Standard
6245 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6246 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6249 \begin_inset space ~
6253 \begin_inset space ~
6261 \begin_inset space ~
6265 \begin_inset space ~
6274 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6275 will tell you how far you are nested).
6276 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6277 \begin_inset Graphics
6278 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6283 \begin_inset Graphics
6284 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6288 or the convenient key bindings
6296 to change the nesting level.
6297 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6298 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6302 \begin_layout Standard
6303 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6304 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6305 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6306 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6309 \begin_layout Standard
6310 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6311 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6313 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6316 \begin_layout Subsection
6317 What You Can and Can't Nest
6320 \begin_layout Standard
6321 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6322 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6325 \begin_layout Standard
6326 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6327 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6328 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6331 \begin_layout Itemize
6332 Completely unnestable
6335 \begin_layout Itemize
6336 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6337 other things inside of them.
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6345 \begin_layout Standard
6346 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6347 environments have them:
6350 \begin_layout Description
6351 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6352 Can't nest into them.
6356 \begin_layout Itemize
6362 \begin_layout Itemize
6368 \begin_layout Itemize
6374 \begin_layout Itemize
6380 \begin_layout Itemize
6387 \begin_layout Description
6389 \begin_inset space ~
6392 Nestable You can nest them.
6393 You can nest other things into them.
6397 \begin_layout Itemize
6403 \begin_layout Itemize
6409 \begin_layout Itemize
6415 \begin_layout Itemize
6421 \begin_layout Itemize
6427 \begin_layout Itemize
6433 \begin_layout Itemize
6439 \begin_layout Itemize
6446 \begin_layout Description
6447 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6448 You can't nest anything into them.
6452 \begin_layout Itemize
6458 \begin_layout Itemize
6464 \begin_layout Itemize
6470 \begin_layout Itemize
6476 \begin_layout Itemize
6482 \begin_layout Itemize
6488 \begin_layout Itemize
6494 \begin_layout Itemize
6500 \begin_layout Itemize
6506 \begin_layout Itemize
6512 \begin_layout Itemize
6518 \begin_layout Itemize
6524 \begin_layout Itemize
6530 \begin_layout Itemize
6534 \begin_inset space ~
6540 \begin_layout Itemize
6547 \begin_layout Standard
6548 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6556 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6565 \begin_inset space ~
6569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6573 \begin_inset space ~
6576 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6577 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6578 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6586 \begin_layout Subsection
6587 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6592 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6600 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6607 \begin_layout Standard
6608 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6609 affected by nesting anyhow.
6613 \begin_layout Itemize
6617 \begin_layout Itemize
6621 \begin_layout Itemize
6625 \begin_layout Standard
6627 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6635 Figures and tables in
6639 are not affected by this.
6644 Have a look at section
6645 \begin_inset space ~
6649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6651 reference "sec:Floats"
6655 for more informations about
6662 \begin_layout Standard
6663 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6664 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6668 \begin_layout Standard
6669 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6677 of its own, it behaves just like a
6678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6685 paragraph environment.
6686 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6690 \begin_layout Standard
6691 Here's an example with a table:
6694 \begin_layout Enumerate
6699 \begin_layout Enumerate
6700 This is (a) and it's nested.
6704 \begin_layout Standard
6705 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6711 \begin_layout Standard
6713 \begin_inset Tabular
6714 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6716 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6717 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6801 \begin_layout Standard
6802 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6809 \begin_layout Enumerate
6811 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6815 \begin_layout Enumerate
6819 \begin_layout Standard
6820 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6823 \begin_layout Enumerate
6828 \begin_layout Enumerate
6829 This is (a) and it's nested.
6833 \begin_layout Standard
6834 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6840 \begin_layout Standard
6842 \begin_inset Tabular
6843 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6845 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6846 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6930 \begin_layout Standard
6931 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6937 \begin_layout Enumerate
6944 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6947 \begin_layout Enumerate
6951 \begin_layout Standard
6952 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6956 \begin_layout Standard
6957 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6959 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6962 \begin_layout Enumerate
6967 \begin_layout Enumerate
6968 This is (a) and it's nested.
6971 \begin_layout Standard
6972 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6978 \begin_layout Standard
6980 \begin_inset Tabular
6981 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6983 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6984 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7068 \begin_layout Standard
7069 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7075 \begin_layout Enumerate
7077 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7085 \begin_layout Enumerate
7089 \begin_layout Standard
7090 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7096 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7097 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7101 \begin_layout Subsection
7102 Usage and General Features
7103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7105 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7112 \begin_layout Standard
7113 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7122 is the innermost possible depth.
7123 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7126 \begin_layout Enumerate
7127 level #1 - outermost
7131 \begin_layout Enumerate
7136 \begin_layout Enumerate
7141 \begin_layout Enumerate
7146 \begin_layout Itemize
7151 \begin_layout Itemize
7160 \begin_layout Standard
7161 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7162 both of them in the example.
7163 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7173 For example, if we tried to nest another
7178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7188 \begin_layout Subsection
7193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7202 \begin_layout Standard
7203 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7204 We have several examples of nested environments.
7205 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7209 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7210 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7213 \begin_layout Labeling
7214 \labelwidthstring MMM
7215 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7224 \begin_layout Labeling
7225 \labelwidthstring MMM
7226 #2-a This is level #2.
7227 We created it by using
7239 \begin_layout Labeling
7240 \labelwidthstring MMM
7241 #3-a This is level #3.
7242 This time, we just hit
7251 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7264 \begin_layout Standard
7269 environment, nested inside of
7270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7278 So, it's at level #4.
7279 We did this by hitting
7287 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7292 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7308 \begin_layout Standard
7313 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7320 \begin_layout Labeling
7321 \labelwidthstring MMM
7322 #4-a This is level #4.
7327 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7332 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7336 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7341 keep nesting things inside of
7342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7353 \begin_layout Labeling
7354 \labelwidthstring MMM
7355 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7360 \begin_layout Labeling
7361 \labelwidthstring MMM
7362 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7363 and this is level #6.
7364 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7368 \begin_layout Labeling
7369 \labelwidthstring MMM
7370 #5-b Back to level #5.
7383 \begin_layout Labeling
7384 \labelwidthstring MMM
7393 , we're back at level #4.
7397 \begin_layout Labeling
7398 \labelwidthstring MMM
7399 #3-b Back to level #3.
7400 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7404 \begin_layout Labeling
7405 \labelwidthstring MMM
7406 #2-b Back to level #2.
7411 \begin_layout Labeling
7412 \labelwidthstring MMM
7413 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7414 After this sentence, we'll hit
7418 and change the paragraph environment back to
7425 \begin_layout Standard
7426 We could have also used the
7442 environment in place of the
7447 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7450 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7451 Example 2: Inheritance
7454 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7455 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7458 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7468 , after which, we'll change to the
7476 \begin_layout Enumerate
7481 environment, at level #2.
7484 \begin_layout Enumerate
7485 Notice how the nested
7489 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7493 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7497 \begin_layout Standard
7498 We ended this example by hitting
7503 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7507 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7514 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7515 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7528 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7536 \begin_layout Enumerate
7537 This is level #1, in an
7541 paragraph environment.
7542 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7546 \begin_layout Enumerate
7557 Now, what happens if we nest an
7561 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7562 label be? An asterisk?
7566 \begin_layout Itemize
7576 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7577 So, its label is a bullet.
7578 (We got here by using
7586 , then changing the environment to
7594 \begin_layout Itemize
7595 Here's level #4, produced using
7604 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7609 \begin_layout Enumerate
7610 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7612 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7617 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7621 , because we are in the
7645 \begin_layout Enumerate
7650 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7651 type of numbering does LyX use?
7654 \begin_layout Enumerate
7655 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7659 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7662 \begin_layout Enumerate
7667 to decrease the depth after the next
7675 \begin_layout Enumerate
7677 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7681 \begin_layout Enumerate
7683 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7684 numeral as the label.Why?
7687 \begin_layout Enumerate
7688 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7697 Notice, however, that LyX
7701 reset the counter for the label.
7705 \begin_layout Enumerate
7714 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7715 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7716 into the twofold-nested
7724 \begin_layout Enumerate
7725 The same thing happens if we do another
7733 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7736 \begin_layout Standard
7737 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7742 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7756 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7762 The same rule applies for the
7766 environment, as well.
7769 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7770 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7773 \begin_layout Enumerate
7774 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7775 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7776 same detail with how we did it.
7785 \begin_layout Standard
7788 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7790 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7791 example in parentheses someplace.
7792 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7793 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7794 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7798 \begin_layout Enumerate
7803 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7808 Now we'll add verse.
7809 \begin_inset Newline newline
7812 It will get much worse.
7813 \begin_inset Newline newline
7818 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7824 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7825 \begin_inset Newline newline
7828 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7829 \begin_inset Newline newline
7842 \begin_layout Standard
7843 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7849 \begin_layout Standard
7851 \begin_inset Tabular
7852 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7854 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7855 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
7860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
7898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7943 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7947 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7953 \begin_layout Enumerate
7958 : level #1) This is another item.
7959 Note that selecting a
7963 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7964 3 times to put the table inside the
7972 \begin_layout Quotation
7973 We're now ending the
7977 list and changing to
7982 We're still at level #1.
7983 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7984 The next set of paragraphs is a
7985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7999 \begin_inset space ~
8004 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8008 for the letter body.
8013 to preserve the depth.
8014 Remember that you need to use
8018 to create multiple lines inside the
8025 \begin_inset space ~
8035 \begin_layout Right Address
8037 \begin_inset Newline newline
8040 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8041 \begin_inset Newline newline
8047 \begin_layout Address
8049 \begin_inset space ~
8055 \begin_layout Quotation
8056 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8057 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8060 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8061 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8062 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8063 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8064 as soon as possible.
8065 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8068 \begin_layout Quotation
8069 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8070 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8071 with your order, along with payment.
8074 \begin_layout Quotation
8075 We thank you again for your patience.
8078 \begin_layout Address
8080 \begin_inset Newline newline
8087 \begin_layout Quotation
8088 That ends that example!
8091 \begin_layout Standard
8092 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8093 just a few keystrokes.
8094 We could have easily nested an
8115 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8118 \begin_layout Section
8119 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8132 \begin_layout Standard
8133 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8134 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8135 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8136 be broken at the end of a line.
8137 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8141 \begin_layout Subsection
8143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8145 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8162 \begin_layout Standard
8163 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8165 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8169 Further documentation is given in section
8170 \begin_inset Newline newline
8174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8176 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8184 \begin_layout Standard
8185 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8200 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8209 A protected space is set with
8211 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8212 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8216 \begin_inset space ~
8230 \begin_layout Subsection
8232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8234 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8243 Spacing ! Horizontal
8251 \begin_layout Standard
8252 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8254 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8255 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8259 The length units are listed in Appendix
8260 \begin_inset space ~
8264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8266 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8273 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8277 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8294 \begin_layout Standard
8296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8300 \begin_inset space \space{}
8303 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8304 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8305 \begin_inset space ~
8309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8311 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8316 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8317 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8324 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8326 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8328 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8345 \begin_layout Standard
8347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8354 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8363 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8364 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8365 inside abbreviations:
8370 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8374 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8375 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8379 \begin_inset space \space{}
8385 \begin_layout Standard
8386 or between values and units.
8387 Compare for example this:
8388 \begin_inset Newline newline
8392 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8396 \begin_inset Newline newline
8402 \begin_layout Standard
8403 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8405 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8406 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8408 \begin_inset space ~
8420 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8424 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8431 \begin_layout Standard
8432 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8435 \begin_layout Description
8437 \begin_inset space ~
8441 \begin_inset space ~
8445 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8449 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8453 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8456 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8459 \begin_layout Description
8461 \begin_inset space ~
8465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8469 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8473 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8477 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8484 em) space between the arrows.
8487 \begin_layout Description
8489 \begin_inset space ~
8493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8497 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8501 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8505 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8509 \begin_inset space ~
8513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8516 em) space between the arrows.
8519 \begin_layout Description
8521 \begin_inset space ~
8525 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8529 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8533 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8537 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8541 \begin_inset space ~
8545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8548 em) space between the arrows.
8551 \begin_layout Description
8553 \begin_inset space ~
8557 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8561 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8566 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8570 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8573 cm space between the arrows.
8576 \begin_layout Standard
8578 \begin_inset space ~
8582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8584 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8588 lists the different space sizes.
8591 \begin_layout Standard
8592 \begin_inset Float table
8597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8599 \begin_inset Caption
8601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8602 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8604 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8608 Width of the different horizotal spaces.
8616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8618 \begin_inset Tabular
8619 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8621 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8622 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8662 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8686 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8710 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8749 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8762 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8777 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8790 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8805 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8818 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8839 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8857 \begin_layout Standard
8858 Horizontal fills (hfills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
8859 in a uniform fashion.
8860 An hfill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
8861 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
8862 If there is more than one hfill on a line, they divide the available space
8863 equally between themselves.
8867 \begin_layout Standard
8868 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
8873 This is on the left side
8874 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8877 This is on the right
8883 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8887 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8896 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8900 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8904 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8910 \begin_layout Standard
8911 That was an example in the
8917 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8921 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8925 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8928 is one in a standard paragraph.
8929 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
8933 sitting in-between the two arrows.
8936 \begin_layout Standard
8937 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
8938 Here's an example with the
8945 \begin_layout Labeling
8946 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
8948 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8952 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8956 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8960 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8966 \begin_layout Standard
8968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8975 marks the beginning of the item.
8976 (There is actually a
8977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8984 hfill inside of the label of the
8988 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) Hfills work
8990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8997 situations, like two-column mode.
9000 \begin_layout Standard
9001 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9009 If an hfill is at the beginning of a line, and
9013 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9014 This prevents hfills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9015 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9019 option in the space dialog.
9027 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9041 \begin_layout Standard
9042 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9044 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9047 \begin_layout Standard
9048 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9051 What is correct English?:
9052 \begin_inset Newline newline
9056 \begin_inset Newline newline
9060 \begin_inset space ~
9063 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9064 \begin_inset Newline newline
9071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9082 \begin_inset Newline newline
9089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9100 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9106 \begin_layout Standard
9107 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9112 \begin_inset space ~
9116 \begin_inset space ~
9120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9124 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9131 In our case write the command
9138 (note the space after
9139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9146 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9147 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9148 That is why it is named
9149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9161 There exists also the commands
9173 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9174 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9175 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9177 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9189 \begin_layout Subsection
9191 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9193 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9210 \begin_layout Standard
9211 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9213 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9214 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9216 \begin_inset space ~
9222 There you find the following sizes:
9225 \begin_layout Standard
9238 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9243 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9245 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9258 for the paragraph separation.
9259 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9270 \begin_layout Standard
9279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9285 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9286 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9288 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9289 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9298 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9307 s are described in section
9308 \begin_inset space ~
9312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9314 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9323 If there are several
9327 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9328 You can therefore use
9332 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9335 \begin_layout Standard
9340 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9341 \begin_inset space ~
9345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9347 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9354 \begin_layout Standard
9355 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9365 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9366 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9378 \begin_layout Subsection
9382 \begin_layout Standard
9383 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9385 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9389 There are four possibilities:
9392 \begin_layout Itemize
9398 \begin_layout Itemize
9404 \begin_layout Itemize
9410 \begin_layout Itemize
9416 \begin_layout Standard
9417 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9418 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9419 the left and right margins.
9420 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9423 \begin_layout Standard
9425 This paragraph is right aligned,
9428 \begin_layout Standard
9430 this one is centered,
9433 \begin_layout Standard
9435 this one is left aligned.
9438 \begin_layout Subsection
9443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9452 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9459 \begin_layout Standard
9460 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9461 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9462 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9463 Only if you use many
9467 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9470 \begin_layout Standard
9471 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9472 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9476 have to change the pagebreaking.
9479 \begin_layout Standard
9480 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9482 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9484 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9485 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9487 \begin_inset space ~
9493 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9495 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9496 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9498 \begin_inset space ~
9503 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9505 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9506 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9509 \begin_layout Standard
9510 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9511 at the top of a page.
9512 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9513 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9514 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9515 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9519 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9530 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9532 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9534 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9551 \begin_layout Standard
9552 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9553 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9554 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9555 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9556 if necessary by adding pages.
9559 \begin_layout Standard
9560 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9563 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9565 \begin_inset space ~
9571 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9573 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9574 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9576 \begin_inset space ~
9580 \begin_inset space ~
9585 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9586 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9589 \begin_layout Subsection
9594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9603 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9610 \begin_layout Standard
9611 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9613 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9615 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9616 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9618 \begin_inset space ~
9622 \begin_inset space ~
9632 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9634 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9635 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9637 \begin_inset space ~
9641 \begin_inset space ~
9646 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9648 This is necessary to avoid
9649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9656 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9659 \begin_layout Standard
9660 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9661 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9662 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9663 set a linebreak, e.g.
9664 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9665 \begin_inset space ~
9669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9671 reference "sec:Quote"
9676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9678 reference "sec:Verse"
9683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9685 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9692 \begin_layout Subsection
9694 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9696 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9713 \begin_layout Standard
9718 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9719 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9721 \begin_inset space ~
9726 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9732 \begin_layout Section
9733 Fonts and Text Styles
9734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9736 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9743 \begin_layout Subsection
9748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9757 \begin_layout Standard
9758 There are two types of fonts:
9761 \begin_layout Description
9763 \begin_inset space ~
9770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9776 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9777 characters) in the font.
9778 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9779 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9780 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9781 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9782 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9783 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9784 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9785 provide a good image.
9786 \begin_inset Newline newline
9789 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
9790 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9791 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9792 sizes than at small ones.
9793 \begin_inset Newline newline
9807 \begin_inset space ~
9815 \begin_layout Description
9817 \begin_inset space ~
9824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9830 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9831 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9832 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9833 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9834 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9835 picture manipulation program.
9836 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9837 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9838 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9839 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9840 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9842 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9843 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9844 \begin_inset Newline newline
9847 Bitmap fonts are named
9850 \begin_inset space ~
9855 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9858 \begin_layout Standard
9859 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9860 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9861 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9862 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9866 \begin_layout Standard
9867 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9868 its document properties.
9871 \begin_layout Standard
9872 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9873 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9874 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9875 font to emphasize text, you use an
9876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9884 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9885 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9889 \begin_layout Subsection
9890 Document Font and Font size
9891 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9893 name "sub:Document-Font"
9901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9920 \begin_layout Standard
9921 You can set the document fonts in the
9923 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9937 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9938 font shapes roman (serif),
9941 \begin_inset space ~
9953 \begin_layout Standard
9954 The possible options for the font include
9958 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9963 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9985 European Computer Modern
9988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9998 \begin_layout Standard
10007 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10008 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10013 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10016 \begin_inset space ~
10021 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10027 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10028 There are three ways to use one:
10031 \begin_layout Itemize
10032 One way is to use the
10042 Virtual means that it
10043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10054 -glyphs from other fonts.
10055 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10077 Loading the LaTeX-package
10085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10086 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10091 with the document preamble line
10094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10099 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10103 will fix the guillemet problem.
10108 and that accented characters are not
10112 glyph, they are build of
10116 characters, the accent and the letter.
10117 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10121 fonts for words with accented characters.
10122 If you search for example for the French word
10123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10130 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10139 and not for the glyph
10140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10144 \begin_inset space ~
10148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10154 \begin_layout Itemize
10155 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10168 , consists of these three main font types
10171 \begin_inset space ~
10192 \begin_inset space ~
10202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10206 \begin_inset space ~
10213 as typewriter font.
10214 \begin_inset Newline newline
10217 The differences between roman,
10220 \begin_inset space ~
10229 fonts are explained in section
10230 \begin_inset space ~
10234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10236 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10241 \begin_inset Newline newline
10247 \begin_inset space ~
10252 was originally designed for newspapers.
10253 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10254 into the small newspaper columns.
10258 \begin_inset space ~
10263 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10266 \begin_layout Itemize
10267 The best solution is to use the
10272 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10279 \begin_layout Standard
10280 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10283 For the font size there are four possible values:
10300 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10303 \begin_layout Standard
10304 The font sizes are the
10309 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10310 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10311 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10314 \begin_inset space ~
10320 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10321 \begin_inset space ~
10325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10327 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10334 \begin_layout Standard
10335 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10339 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10347 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10351 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10352 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10353 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10355 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10358 dialog, see section
10359 \begin_inset space ~
10363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10365 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10377 \begin_layout Subsection
10378 Using Different Character Styles
10382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10401 \begin_layout Standard
10402 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10403 certain paragraph environments.
10404 LyX supports two character styles,
10413 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10417 \begin_layout Standard
10422 style, do one of the following:
10425 \begin_layout Itemize
10426 click on the toolbar button
10427 \begin_inset Graphics
10428 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10435 \begin_layout Itemize
10439 \begin_inset space ~
10445 \begin_layout Standard
10446 These commands are all toggles.
10451 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10454 \begin_layout Standard
10455 One typically uses the
10459 style for proper names.
10461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10468 is the original author of LyX.
10469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10475 \begin_layout Standard
10476 A more widely used character style is the
10481 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10488 \begin_layout Itemize
10489 clicking on the toolbar button
10490 \begin_inset Graphics
10491 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10498 \begin_layout Itemize
10499 using the keybindings
10502 \begin_inset space ~
10508 \begin_layout Standard
10513 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10514 es use a different font.
10517 \begin_layout Standard
10518 We've been using the
10522 style all over the place in this document.
10523 Here's one more example:
10526 \begin_layout Quotation
10529 Don't overuse character styles!
10532 \begin_layout Standard
10533 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10534 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10535 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10536 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10540 \begin_layout Standard
10541 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
10544 \begin_inset space ~
10551 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10553 \begin_inset space ~
10561 \begin_layout Subsection
10562 Fine-Tuning with the
10567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10569 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10586 \begin_layout Standard
10587 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10588 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10589 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10590 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10591 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10592 from ordinary dialog.
10595 \begin_layout Standard
10596 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10597 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10598 \begin_inset Newline newline
10601 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10602 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10605 \begin_layout Standard
10606 To use custom character styles, open the
10608 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10610 \begin_inset space ~
10616 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10617 font property which you can choose.
10618 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10621 \begin_inset space ~
10626 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10631 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10632 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10633 environments in a snap.
10636 \begin_layout Standard
10637 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10640 \begin_inset space ~
10652 \begin_layout Labeling
10653 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10667 The possible options are:
10671 \begin_layout Labeling
10672 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10677 This is the Roman font family.
10678 Normally a serif font.
10679 It's also the default family.
10684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10696 \begin_inset space ~
10705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10713 \begin_inset Note Note
10716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10717 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10718 It is explained in section
10719 \begin_inset space ~
10723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10725 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10737 \begin_layout Labeling
10738 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10742 \begin_inset space ~
10749 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10768 \begin_inset space ~
10777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10787 \begin_layout Labeling
10788 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10795 This is the Typewriter font family.
10802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10814 \begin_inset space ~
10823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10836 \begin_layout Labeling
10837 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10842 This corresponds to the print weight.
10847 \begin_layout Labeling
10848 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10853 This is the Medium font series.
10854 It's also the default series.
10857 \begin_layout Labeling
10858 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10865 This is the Bold font series.
10872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10884 \begin_inset space ~
10893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10904 \begin_layout Labeling
10905 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10910 As the name implies.
10915 \begin_layout Labeling
10916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10921 This is the Upright font shape.
10922 It's also the default shape.
10925 \begin_layout Labeling
10926 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10940 s the Italic font shape
10946 \begin_layout Labeling
10947 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10954 This is the Slanted font shape
10956 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10959 \begin_layout Labeling
10960 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10964 \begin_inset space ~
10971 This is the Small caps font shape
10978 \begin_layout Labeling
10979 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10984 Alters the size of the font.
10985 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10986 nal to the document font size.
10987 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10988 what you want to do.
10993 \begin_layout Labeling
10994 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11028 \begin_inset space ~
11037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11060 \begin_inset space ~
11069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11079 \begin_layout Labeling
11080 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11114 \begin_inset space ~
11123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11133 \begin_layout Labeling
11134 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11168 \begin_inset space ~
11177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11200 \begin_inset space ~
11209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11219 \begin_layout Labeling
11220 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11254 \begin_inset space ~
11263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11286 \begin_inset space ~
11295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11305 \begin_layout Labeling
11306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11320 It's also the default size.
11325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11337 \begin_inset space ~
11346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11369 \begin_inset space ~
11378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11388 \begin_layout Labeling
11389 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11423 \begin_inset space ~
11432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11455 \begin_inset space ~
11464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11474 \begin_layout Labeling
11475 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11509 \begin_inset space ~
11518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11541 \begin_inset space ~
11550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11560 \begin_layout Labeling
11561 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11595 \begin_inset space ~
11604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11614 \begin_layout Labeling
11615 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11649 \begin_inset space ~
11658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11681 \begin_inset space ~
11690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11700 \begin_layout Labeling
11701 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11735 \begin_inset space ~
11744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11767 \begin_inset space ~
11776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11787 \begin_layout Standard
11792 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11793 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11794 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11795 - use that instead.
11796 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11799 \begin_layout Labeling
11800 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11805 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11810 \begin_layout Labeling
11811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11818 This is text with emphasize on
11821 This might seem like the same as
11825 , but it is actually a bit different.
11831 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11833 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11836 \begin_layout Labeling
11837 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11844 This is text with Underbar on.
11851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11863 \begin_inset space ~
11872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11882 \begin_inset Newline newline
11887 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11888 when you couldn't change fonts.
11889 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11890 It's only included in LyX because some people
11894 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11897 \begin_layout Labeling
11898 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11905 This is text with Noun on.
11912 , this is a logical attribute.
11913 Normally it's equivalent to
11916 \begin_inset space ~
11925 \begin_layout Labeling
11926 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11931 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11932 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11936 \begin_inset space ~
11941 , which is the default
11942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11949 and means normally black, you can choose between
11985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11994 \begin_layout Labeling
11995 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12000 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12001 the language of the document.
12002 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12006 \begin_layout Standard
12007 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12008 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12010 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12012 \begin_inset space ~
12017 dialog, the settings are saved.
12018 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12019 \begin_inset Graphics
12020 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12025 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12026 when the dialog isn't visible.
12030 \begin_layout Standard
12031 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12034 \begin_inset space ~
12040 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12041 (suppose you just set the shape to
12042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12060 \begin_inset space ~
12072 \begin_layout Standard
12073 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12081 \begin_inset space ~
12093 \begin_layout Itemize
12099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12106 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12124 \begin_inset Newline newline
12131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12156 \begin_inset Note Note
12159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12160 For more on phantoms see section
12161 \begin_inset space ~
12165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12167 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12177 \begin_inset Newline newline
12183 \begin_layout Itemize
12188 fonts use characters with serifs.
12189 These are the small
12190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12197 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12198 The following example will show the difference:
12199 \begin_inset Newline newline
12203 \begin_inset Newline newline
12208 text without serifs
12211 \begin_inset Newline newline
12214 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12215 They are therefore used as default font (named
12222 \begin_layout Itemize
12228 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12229 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12232 \begin_layout Standard
12233 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12234 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12237 \begin_layout Section
12238 Printing and Previewing
12241 \begin_layout Subsection
12245 \begin_layout Standard
12246 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12247 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12248 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12249 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12250 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12253 \begin_inset space ~
12261 \begin_layout Standard
12262 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12263 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12264 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12265 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12266 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12267 This happens in two stages:
12270 \begin_layout Enumerate
12271 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12272 generating a file with the extension,
12273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12287 \begin_layout Enumerate
12288 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12292 file to produce printable output.
12296 \begin_layout Subsection
12297 Output file formats
12301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12308 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12310 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12317 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12323 File formats ! ASCII
12331 \begin_layout Standard
12332 This file type has the extension
12333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12345 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12349 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12356 \begin_layout Standard
12357 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12359 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12360 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12366 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12372 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12380 \begin_layout Standard
12381 This file type has the extension
12382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12393 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12395 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12396 it manually with console commands.
12397 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12398 you view or export your document.
12401 \begin_layout Standard
12402 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12404 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12405 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12422 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12436 \begin_layout Standard
12437 This file type has the extension
12438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12458 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12459 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12460 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12462 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12466 \begin_layout Standard
12467 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12475 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12476 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12481 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12482 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12483 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12484 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12487 \begin_layout Standard
12488 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12490 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12491 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12497 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12503 File formats ! PostScript
12511 \begin_layout Standard
12512 This file type has the extension
12513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12525 PostScript was developed by the company
12529 as printer language.
12530 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12532 PostScript can be seen as
12533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12536 programming language
12537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12540 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12545 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12555 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12565 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12568 \begin_layout Standard
12569 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12573 Encapsulated PostScript
12574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12577 (EPS, file extension
12578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12590 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12591 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12592 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12593 whenever you view or export your document.
12594 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12595 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12596 EPS to avoid this problem.
12599 \begin_layout Standard
12600 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12602 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12603 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12609 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12633 \begin_layout Standard
12634 This file type has the extension
12635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12651 Portable Document Format
12652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12655 (PDF) is developed by
12659 as derivative from PostScript.
12660 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12669 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12670 looks exactly the same.
12673 \begin_layout Standard
12674 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12678 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12682 (JPG, file extension
12683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12710 Portable Network Graphics
12711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12714 (PNG, file extension
12715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12727 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12728 in the background to one of these formats.
12729 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12730 will slow down your workflow.
12731 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12734 \begin_layout Standard
12735 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12737 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12740 in three different ways:
12743 \begin_layout Description
12744 PDF This uses the program
12748 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12749 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12753 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12754 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12757 \begin_layout Description
12759 \begin_inset space ~
12762 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12766 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12770 \begin_layout Description
12772 \begin_inset space ~
12775 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12779 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12782 \begin_layout Standard
12783 We recommend to use
12786 \begin_inset space ~
12795 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12801 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12804 \begin_layout Subsection
12809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12818 \begin_layout Standard
12819 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12820 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12824 and choose a file type.
12825 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12828 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12831 you can use the toolbar button
12832 \begin_inset Graphics
12833 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12843 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12845 \begin_inset space ~
12850 you can use the toolbar button
12851 \begin_inset Graphics
12852 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12859 \begin_layout Standard
12860 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12861 viewer window using the menu
12863 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12869 \begin_layout Standard
12870 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12872 To have a real output, export your document.
12875 \begin_layout Subsection
12876 Printing the File from within LyX
12877 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12879 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12886 \begin_layout Standard
12887 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12888 it directly from within LyX.
12889 To print a file, select the menu
12891 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12894 or click on the toolbar button
12895 \begin_inset Graphics
12896 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12901 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12902 This file is then processed by the program
12906 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12911 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12914 \begin_layout Standard
12915 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12916 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12917 printing one set to print on the other side.
12918 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12919 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12920 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12923 \begin_layout Standard
12924 You can set the parameters in the
12927 \begin_inset space ~
12935 \begin_layout Labeling
12936 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12941 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12946 Note that this printer name is for the program
12955 has to be configured for this printer name.
12956 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
12957 \begin_inset space ~
12961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12963 reference "sub:Printer"
12972 The printer should understand PostScript.
12975 \begin_layout Labeling
12976 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12981 The name of a file to print to.
12982 The output will be a PostScript file.
12983 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
12987 \begin_layout Section
12988 A few Words about Typography
12992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13001 \begin_layout Subsection
13006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13013 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13022 \begin_layout Standard
13024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13035 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13050 \begin_layout Enumerate
13052 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13056 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13074 \begin_layout Enumerate
13076 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13080 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13111 \begin_layout Enumerate
13113 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13117 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13161 \begin_layout Enumerate
13163 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13167 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13171 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13189 \begin_layout Standard
13190 You generate them by inserting the
13191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13202 character multiple times in a row.
13203 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13204 final output, but not in LyX.
13207 \begin_layout Standard
13208 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13209 math mode and has a length of its own.
13210 Here are some examples of the
13211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13225 \begin_layout Enumerate
13226 line- and page-breaks
13227 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13237 \begin_layout Enumerate
13239 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13249 \begin_layout Enumerate
13250 Oh --- there's a dash.
13251 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13261 \begin_layout Enumerate
13262 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13266 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13276 \begin_layout Subsection
13281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13288 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13290 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13297 \begin_layout Standard
13298 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13299 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13308 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13313 following the rules of the document language
13317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13318 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13326 \begin_inset space ~
13330 \begin_inset space ~
13337 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13348 \begin_layout Standard
13349 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13354 and with unusual constructs, like
13355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13363 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13364 This is done with the menu
13366 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13367 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13369 \begin_inset space ~
13375 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13376 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13379 \begin_layout Standard
13380 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13381 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13382 a hyphen and a space in the form
13383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13391 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13399 as hyphenation possibility.
13400 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13401 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13402 of the LaTeX-box-command
13408 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13409 As LyX doesn't support
13415 , we have to use ERT.
13416 The result looks in LyX like:
13419 \begin_layout Standard
13420 \begin_inset Graphics
13421 filename clipart/mbox.png
13428 \begin_layout Standard
13429 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section
13430 \begin_inset space ~
13434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13436 reference "sec:ERT"
13443 \begin_layout Subsection
13448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13457 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13458 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13459 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13461 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13468 \begin_layout Standard
13469 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13470 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13471 LaTeX then adds the
13472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13475 appropriate amount of space
13476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13480 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13482 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13485 \begin_layout Standard
13486 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13500 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13501 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13504 \begin_layout Standard
13505 Here are some examples of
13509 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13512 \begin_layout Itemize
13517 \begin_layout Itemize
13522 \begin_layout Standard
13523 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13526 \begin_layout Itemize
13529 this is too much space!
13532 \begin_layout Itemize
13537 \begin_layout Standard
13538 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13541 \begin_layout Standard
13542 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13545 \begin_layout Enumerate
13549 \begin_inset space ~
13554 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13555 \begin_inset space ~
13559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13561 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13570 Spaces ! inter-word
13578 \begin_layout Enumerate
13582 \begin_inset space ~
13587 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13588 \begin_inset space ~
13592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13594 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13611 \begin_layout Enumerate
13615 \begin_inset space ~
13619 \begin_inset space ~
13623 \begin_inset space ~
13630 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13632 \begin_inset space ~
13637 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13638 This function is also bound to
13645 \begin_layout Standard
13646 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13649 \begin_layout Itemize
13651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13655 \begin_inset space \space{}
13658 this is too much space!
13661 \begin_layout Itemize
13662 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13666 \begin_layout Standard
13667 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13668 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13669 LaTeX will care about this.
13672 \begin_layout Standard
13673 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13676 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13678 \begin_inset space ~
13683 feature described in section
13694 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13700 Typography ! Quotes
13709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13738 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13747 \begin_layout Standard
13748 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13749 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13750 and use a closing quote at the end.
13752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13760 The keyboard character,
13764 , generates this automatically.
13767 \begin_layout Standard
13768 You can change the behavior of the
13772 key using the submenu
13778 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13786 Document ! Settings
13794 \begin_layout Standard
13795 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13800 There are six choices:
13803 \begin_layout Labeling
13804 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13816 Use quotes like this
13817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13825 \begin_inset Quotes els
13829 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13835 \begin_layout Labeling
13836 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13839 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13843 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13849 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13853 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13857 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13863 \begin_layout Labeling
13864 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13867 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13871 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13877 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13881 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13885 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13889 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13895 \begin_layout Labeling
13896 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13899 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13903 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13909 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13913 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13917 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13921 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13927 \begin_layout Labeling
13928 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13931 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13935 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13941 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13945 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13949 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13953 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13959 \begin_layout Labeling
13960 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13963 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13967 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13973 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13977 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13981 \begin_inset Quotes als
13985 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13991 \begin_layout Standard
13992 These settings affects what character the
13999 \begin_layout Subsection
14004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14005 Typography ! Ligatures
14014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14043 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14045 name "sub:Ligatures"
14052 \begin_layout Standard
14053 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14054 print them as single characters.
14055 These groups are known as
14060 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14062 Here are the standard ligatures:
14065 \begin_layout Itemize
14069 \begin_layout Itemize
14073 \begin_layout Itemize
14077 \begin_layout Itemize
14081 \begin_layout Itemize
14085 \begin_layout Standard
14086 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14089 \begin_layout Standard
14090 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14091 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14099 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14115 To break a ligature, use
14117 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14118 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14120 \begin_inset space ~
14127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14138 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14155 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14163 \begin_layout Subsection
14168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14169 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14177 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14184 \begin_layout Standard
14185 You have surely noticed, that the word
14186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14193 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14194 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14195 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14215 \begin_inset Note Note
14218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14219 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
14220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14227 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14228 To create proper names omit the ERT.
14233 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14237 \begin_layout Description
14238 LyX The name of the game, write
14239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14260 \begin_layout Description
14261 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14283 \begin_layout Description
14284 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14306 \begin_layout Description
14307 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14329 \begin_layout Standard
14330 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14335 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14343 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14344 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14345 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14348 : The actual version is
14349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14356 , the previous one was
14357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14367 \begin_layout Standard
14368 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14369 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
14370 This will look in LyX like:
14371 \begin_inset Graphics
14372 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14377 \begin_inset Newline newline
14380 For more about ERT, look at section
14381 \begin_inset space ~
14385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14387 reference "sec:ERT"
14394 \begin_layout Subsection
14399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14408 \begin_layout Standard
14409 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14410 space between two words.
14411 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14421 for units use the menu
14423 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14424 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14426 \begin_inset space ~
14438 \begin_layout Standard
14439 Here's an example to show the differences:
14442 \begin_layout Standard
14443 \begin_inset Tabular
14444 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14446 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14447 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14454 \begin_inset space ~
14458 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14470 space between number and unit
14477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14482 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14486 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14498 half space between number and unit
14511 \begin_layout Subsection
14516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14517 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14532 \begin_layout Standard
14533 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14535 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14536 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14537 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14538 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14539 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14540 These dangly-bits of text became known as
14551 \begin_layout Standard
14552 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14553 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14554 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14555 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14556 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14557 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14558 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14561 \begin_layout Standard
14562 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14563 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14564 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14565 \begin_inset space ~
14569 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14571 key "latexcompanion"
14576 \begin_inset space ~
14580 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14586 ] may have more information.
14587 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14590 \begin_layout Chapter
14591 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14594 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14601 \begin_layout Standard
14602 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14607 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14610 \begin_layout Section
14615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14622 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14631 \begin_layout Standard
14632 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14635 \begin_layout Description
14637 \begin_inset space ~
14640 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14641 \begin_inset Newline newline
14645 \begin_inset Note Note
14648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14649 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14657 \begin_layout Description
14658 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14659 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14661 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14662 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14663 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14666 \begin_inset Newline newline
14670 \begin_inset Note Comment
14673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14674 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14682 \begin_layout Description
14684 \begin_inset space ~
14687 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14688 \begin_inset Newline newline
14692 \begin_inset Newline newline
14696 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14705 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14706 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14707 How this can be done is explained in the
14716 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14722 \begin_inset Newline newline
14726 \begin_inset Newline newline
14729 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14730 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14733 \begin_layout Description
14734 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
14736 \begin_inset Box Framed
14745 height_special "totalheight"
14748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14749 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14754 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section
14755 \begin_inset space ~
14759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14761 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
14765 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14769 \begin_layout Description
14770 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14771 \begin_inset Box Shaded
14780 height_special "totalheight"
14783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14784 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14789 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14790 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14793 \begin_layout Standard
14794 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14795 \begin_inset Graphics
14796 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14798 scaleBeforeRotation
14804 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14808 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14811 \begin_layout Section
14816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14823 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14825 name "sec:Footnotes"
14832 \begin_layout Standard
14833 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14836 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14839 or the toolbar button
14840 \begin_inset Graphics
14841 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14854 \begin_inset Graphics
14855 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14865 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14894 label, the box will
14898 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14899 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14912 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14928 \begin_layout Standard
14929 Here's an example footnote:
14937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14938 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
14946 \begin_layout Standard
14947 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14948 position where the footnote box is placed.
14949 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14950 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14951 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14952 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14953 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14958 ey are described in the
14965 \begin_layout Section
14970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14977 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14979 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14986 \begin_layout Standard
14987 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14988 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14990 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14992 \begin_inset space ~
14997 or the toolbar button
14998 \begin_inset Graphics
14999 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15026 appearing within your text.
15027 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15036 \begin_layout Standard
15037 At the side is an example marginal note.
15041 \begin_inset Marginal
15044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15045 This is a marginal note.
15053 \begin_layout Standard
15054 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15055 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15056 pages, right on odd pages.
15059 \begin_layout Section
15060 Graphics and Images
15064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15083 name "sec:Graphics"
15090 \begin_layout Standard
15091 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15092 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15093 \begin_inset Graphics
15094 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15100 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15104 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15107 \begin_layout Standard
15108 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15113 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15114 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15115 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15117 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15118 \begin_inset space ~
15122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15124 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15131 \begin_layout Standard
15136 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15137 of the image in the output.
15138 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15142 \begin_inset space ~
15146 \begin_inset space ~
15155 \begin_inset space ~
15159 \begin_inset space ~
15163 \begin_inset space ~
15168 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15169 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15177 \begin_layout Standard
15178 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15183 You can also set the
15187 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15188 This option is explained in section
15189 \begin_inset space ~
15193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15195 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15203 \begin_inset space ~
15208 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15209 image size is printed.
15212 \begin_layout Standard
15213 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15214 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15216 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15217 centered paragraph:
15220 \begin_layout Standard
15222 \begin_inset Graphics
15223 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15225 rotateOrigin center
15232 \begin_layout Standard
15233 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15234 the image into a float, see section
15235 \begin_inset space ~
15239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15241 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15248 \begin_layout Subsection
15253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15260 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15262 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15269 \begin_layout Standard
15270 You can insert images in any known file format.
15271 But as we explained in section
15272 \begin_inset space ~
15276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15278 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15282 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15283 LyX uses therefore the program
15287 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15288 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15289 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15290 \begin_inset space ~
15294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15296 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15303 \begin_layout Standard
15304 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15307 \begin_layout Description
15309 \begin_inset space ~
15312 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15313 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15314 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15318 Graphics Interchange Format
15319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15322 (GIF, file extension
15323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15370 Portable Network Graphics
15371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15374 (PNG, file extension
15375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15422 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15426 (JPG, file extension
15427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15485 \begin_layout Description
15487 \begin_inset space ~
15490 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15492 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15493 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15494 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15495 \begin_inset Newline newline
15498 Scalable image formats can be
15499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15502 Scalable Vector Graphics
15503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15506 (SVG, file extension
15507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15554 Encapsulated PostScript
15555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15558 (EPS, file extension
15559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15606 Portable Document Format
15607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15610 (PDF, file extension
15611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15633 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15634 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15635 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15641 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15649 \begin_layout Standard
15650 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15654 \begin_layout Section
15659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15675 \begin_layout Standard
15676 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15677 \begin_inset Graphics
15678 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15685 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15689 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15690 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15691 from the rest of the table.
15692 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15693 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15695 Here's an example table:
15698 \begin_layout Standard
15700 \begin_inset Tabular
15701 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15703 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15705 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15706 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15906 \begin_layout Subsection
15910 \begin_layout Standard
15911 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15912 brings up the table dialog.
15913 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15914 where the cursor is placed currently.
15915 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15916 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15917 done on all of your selection.
15920 \begin_layout Standard
15921 Additionally to the table dialog the
15924 \begin_inset space ~
15929 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15931 It is for example currently only possible to add
15932 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15936 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15939 delete lines via the table toolbar.
15942 \begin_layout Standard
15946 \begin_inset space ~
15951 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15952 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15953 current cell respectively.
15954 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15956 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
15957 of text, see section
15958 \begin_inset space ~
15962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15964 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15971 \begin_layout Standard
15972 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15978 This will merge the cells to
15982 cell, spread over more than one column.
15983 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15984 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15985 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
15986 in the last row without the upper border:
15989 \begin_layout Standard
15991 \begin_inset Tabular
15992 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
15993 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
15994 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15995 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
15996 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15997 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16008 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16017 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16093 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16128 \begin_layout Standard
16129 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16130 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16131 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16132 explained in the tables section of the
16135 \begin_inset space ~
16141 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16142 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16145 degrees counterclockwise.
16146 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16149 \begin_layout Standard
16150 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16158 Most DVI-viewers are
16162 able to display rotations.
16170 \begin_layout Standard
16175 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16180 adds lines for all cell borders.
16183 \begin_layout Subsection
16188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16189 Tables ! Longtables
16198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16207 \begin_layout Standard
16208 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16211 \begin_inset space ~
16215 \begin_inset space ~
16224 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16225 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16228 \begin_layout Description
16233 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16234 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16235 except for the first page, if
16238 \begin_inset space ~
16246 \begin_layout Description
16250 \begin_inset space ~
16255 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16256 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16259 \begin_layout Description
16264 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16265 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16266 except for the last page, if
16269 \begin_inset space ~
16277 \begin_layout Description
16281 \begin_inset space ~
16286 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16287 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16290 \begin_layout Standard
16291 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
16292 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16293 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16294 The others will then be defined as
16299 In this context, first means first in this order:
16302 \begin_inset space ~
16314 \begin_inset space ~
16320 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16323 \begin_layout Standard
16325 \begin_inset Tabular
16326 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16327 <features islongtable="true">
16328 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16329 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16330 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16331 <row endfirsthead="true">
16332 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16338 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16343 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16352 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16362 <row endfirsthead="true">
16363 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16374 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16383 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16395 <row endhead="true">
16396 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16407 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16416 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16426 <row endhead="true">
16427 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16438 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16447 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16459 <row endfoot="true">
16460 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16471 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16480 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16511 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17452 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17461 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17470 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17481 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17512 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17543 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17574 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17605 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17636 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17667 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17698 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17729 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17760 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17791 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17822 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17853 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17884 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17915 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17946 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17977 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18008 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18039 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18070 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18101 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18132 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18163 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18194 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18225 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18256 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18287 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18318 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18349 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18380 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18411 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18441 <row endlastfoot="true">
18442 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18453 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18462 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18479 \begin_layout Subsection
18484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18491 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18493 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18500 \begin_layout Standard
18501 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18502 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18503 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18504 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18508 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18509 for the cell's paragraph.
18512 \begin_layout Standard
18513 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18514 for the column in the table dialog.
18515 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18516 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18520 \begin_layout Standard
18522 \begin_inset Tabular
18523 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18525 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18526 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18527 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18547 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18616 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18672 This is longer now.
18677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18728 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18729 This is longer now.
18734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18760 \begin_layout Standard
18761 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18762 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18763 Selection with the mouse or with
18767 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18768 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18769 the selection from outside the table.
18772 \begin_layout Section
18777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18793 \begin_layout Standard
18794 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18795 have a fixed location.
18797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18804 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18812 \begin_inset space ~
18817 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18818 too much notes at the page.
18821 \begin_layout Standard
18822 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18823 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18824 and pages without text.
18825 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18826 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18827 Floats are therefore numbered.
18828 Referencing is described in section
18829 \begin_inset space ~
18833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18835 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18842 \begin_layout Standard
18843 To insert a float, use the menu
18845 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18849 A box with a caption that has e.
18850 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18854 \begin_inset space ~
18858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18862 \begin_inset space ~
18866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18869 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18870 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18872 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18882 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18883 paragraph within the float.
18884 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18885 by left-clicking on the box label.
18886 A closed float box looks like this:
18887 \begin_inset Graphics
18888 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18893 -- a gray button with a red label.
18896 \begin_layout Standard
18897 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18898 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18901 \begin_layout Subsection
18905 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18911 Floats ! Figure floats
18917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18919 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
18926 \begin_layout Standard
18929 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18930 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18933 inserts a float with the label
18934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18940 \begin_inset space ~
18946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18950 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
18951 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
18952 This is what we did for Figure
18953 \begin_inset space ~
18957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18959 reference "cap:Platypus"
18964 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
18965 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
18966 This was done in Figure
18967 \begin_inset space ~
18971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18973 reference "cap:Escher"
18980 \begin_layout Standard
18981 \begin_inset Float figure
18986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18988 \begin_inset Graphics
18989 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18991 rotateOrigin center
18998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18999 \begin_inset Caption
19001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19004 name "cap:Platypus"
19008 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19021 \begin_layout Standard
19022 \begin_inset Float figure
19027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19028 \begin_inset Caption
19030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19031 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19048 \begin_inset Graphics
19049 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19051 rotateOrigin center
19063 \begin_layout Standard
19064 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19066 As described in section
19067 \begin_inset space ~
19071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19073 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19077 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19079 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19082 and refer to it using the menu
19084 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19088 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19097 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19109 \begin_layout Standard
19110 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19111 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19112 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19113 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19115 \begin_inset space ~
19119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19121 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19125 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19126 You can also set the images one below the other.
19128 \begin_inset space ~
19132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19134 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19141 reference "fig:Platypus"
19145 are the subfigures.
19148 \begin_layout Standard
19149 \begin_inset Float figure
19154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19159 \begin_inset Float figure
19164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19165 \begin_inset Caption
19167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19170 name "fig:Undefinable"
19182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19183 \begin_inset Graphics
19184 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19195 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19199 \begin_inset Float figure
19204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19205 \begin_inset Caption
19207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19210 name "fig:Platypus"
19222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19223 \begin_inset Graphics
19224 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19236 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19243 \begin_inset Caption
19245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19248 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19252 Two distorted images.
19265 \begin_layout Standard
19266 Note that the caption is added to the
19269 \begin_inset space ~
19273 \begin_inset space ~
19278 as described in section
19279 \begin_inset space ~
19283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19285 reference "sec:ListsOf"
19292 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19298 Floats ! Table floats
19304 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19306 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19313 \begin_layout Standard
19314 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19316 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19317 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19321 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19324 \begin_inset space ~
19328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19330 reference "cap:Table-float"
19334 is an example of a table float.
19337 \begin_layout Standard
19338 \begin_inset Float table
19343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19344 \begin_inset Caption
19346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19349 name "cap:Table-float"
19361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19363 \begin_inset Tabular
19364 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19366 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19367 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19368 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19495 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19516 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19518 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19539 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19560 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19566 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19574 \begin_layout Standard
19575 This float type is inserted with the menu
19577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19578 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19582 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19583 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19587 , described in section
19588 \begin_inset space ~
19592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19594 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19601 \begin_layout Standard
19602 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19610 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19616 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19619 \begin_layout Standard
19624 floatname{algorithm}{your
19625 \begin_inset space ~
19631 \begin_layout Standard
19632 to the document preamble (menu
19634 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19641 \begin_inset space ~
19647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19667 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19675 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
19682 \begin_layout Standard
19683 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19691 \begin_inset Graphics
19692 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19694 rotateOrigin center
19701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19702 \begin_inset Caption
19704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19705 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19707 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19711 This is a wrapped figure.
19712 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19725 This float type is used if you want to
19726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19733 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19735 It can be inserted using the menu
19737 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19738 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19740 \begin_inset space ~
19745 if the LaTeX-package
19753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19754 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19764 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19767 \begin_inset space ~
19777 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19780 \begin_inset space ~
19784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19786 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19790 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19791 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19799 Available units are explained in Appendix
19800 \begin_inset space ~
19804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19806 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19815 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19819 \begin_layout Standard
19820 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19828 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
19829 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19830 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19831 over some other text.
19839 \begin_layout Itemize
19840 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19841 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19842 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19843 breaks will appear.
19846 \begin_layout Itemize
19847 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19848 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19851 \begin_layout Itemize
19852 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19853 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19856 \begin_layout Itemize
19857 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19860 \begin_layout Subsection
19862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19864 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19881 \begin_layout Standard
19882 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19883 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19887 \begin_inset space ~
19895 \begin_layout Standard
19896 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
19897 a two-column document).
19898 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19899 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19906 \begin_layout Standard
19907 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19908 format is also the same: Table
19909 \begin_inset space ~
19913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19915 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19919 is an example of a rotated table float.
19922 \begin_layout Standard
19923 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19931 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
19939 \begin_layout Standard
19940 \begin_inset Float table
19945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19946 \begin_inset Caption
19948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19951 name "cap:Rotated-table"
19963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19965 \begin_inset Tabular
19966 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
19968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19969 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19970 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19971 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19972 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20032 \begin_layout Subsection
20034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20036 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20053 \begin_layout Standard
20054 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20055 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20056 \begin_inset Newline newline
20062 \begin_inset space ~
20067 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20068 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20070 \begin_inset Newline newline
20076 \begin_inset space ~
20081 is used to rotate floats, see section
20082 \begin_inset space ~
20086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20088 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20095 \begin_layout Standard
20096 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20097 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20100 \begin_inset space ~
20104 \begin_inset space ~
20112 \begin_layout Description
20114 \begin_inset space ~
20118 \begin_inset space ~
20121 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20124 \begin_layout Description
20126 \begin_inset space ~
20130 \begin_inset space ~
20133 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20136 \begin_layout Description
20138 \begin_inset space ~
20142 \begin_inset space ~
20145 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20148 \begin_layout Description
20150 \begin_inset space ~
20154 \begin_inset space ~
20157 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20160 \begin_layout Standard
20161 The order of the above option is
20166 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20170 \begin_inset space ~
20174 \begin_inset space ~
20182 \begin_inset space ~
20186 \begin_inset space ~
20191 , and then the others.
20192 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20194 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20195 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20198 \begin_layout Standard
20199 By default, each options has its own rules:
20202 \begin_layout Standard
20206 \begin_inset space ~
20210 \begin_inset space ~
20215 only floats occupying less than 70
20216 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20219 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20222 \begin_layout Standard
20226 \begin_inset space ~
20230 \begin_inset space ~
20235 : only floats occupying less than 30
20236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20239 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20242 \begin_layout Standard
20246 \begin_inset space ~
20250 \begin_inset space ~
20255 : only if more than 50
20256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20259 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20263 \begin_layout Standard
20264 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20268 \begin_inset space ~
20272 \begin_inset space ~
20280 \begin_layout Standard
20281 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20282 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20283 For this case you can use the option
20286 \begin_inset space ~
20292 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20294 Because the float is then no longer able to
20295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20302 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20305 \begin_layout Standard
20306 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20307 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20310 \begin_layout Standard
20311 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20313 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20315 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20322 \begin_layout Section
20327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20334 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20336 name "sec:Minipages"
20343 \begin_layout Standard
20344 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20346 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20347 \begin_inset space ~
20354 \begin_layout Standard
20355 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20357 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20361 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20362 and its alignment within the page.
20365 \begin_layout Standard
20367 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20376 height_special "totalheight"
20379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20382 This is a minipage.
20383 The text is set in an italic style.
20386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20389 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20390 another formatting.
20398 \begin_layout Standard
20399 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20402 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20406 as described in section
20407 \begin_inset space ~
20411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20413 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20418 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20424 \begin_layout Standard
20425 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20434 height_special "totalheight"
20437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20438 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20439 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20445 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20449 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20458 height_special "totalheight"
20461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20462 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20463 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20471 \begin_layout Standard
20472 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20478 \begin_layout Standard
20479 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20480 to other box types.
20481 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20492 \begin_layout Chapter
20493 Mathematical Formulas
20497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20538 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20545 \begin_layout Standard
20546 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20551 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20554 \begin_layout Section
20559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20568 \begin_layout Standard
20569 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20570 \begin_inset Graphics
20571 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20576 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20578 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20579 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20580 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20582 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20588 \begin_layout Standard
20589 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20593 \begin_inset space ~
20598 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20601 \begin_layout Standard
20602 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20603 line, like this one:
20606 \begin_layout Standard
20607 This is a line with an inline formula
20608 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20614 \begin_layout Standard
20615 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20617 \begin_inset Formula \[
20622 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20625 \begin_layout Standard
20626 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20642 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20643 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20647 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20650 \begin_inset space ~
20658 \begin_layout Subsection
20659 Navigating in Formulas
20663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20672 \begin_layout Standard
20673 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20674 achieved with the arrow keys.
20675 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20676 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20681 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20682 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20686 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20690 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20692 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20700 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20705 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20706 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20709 \begin_layout Standard
20714 , printed in this document as
20715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20736 \begin_inset Note Note
20739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20740 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20741 space character (visible space).
20746 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20747 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20748 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20753 For example, if you want
20754 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20808 , since in the latter case only the
20811 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20816 will be under the square root sign:
20817 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20823 \begin_layout Standard
20824 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20826 \begin_inset Formula \[
20827 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20830 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20834 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20835 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20838 \begin_layout Subsection
20842 \begin_layout Standard
20843 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20844 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20848 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20849 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20850 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20851 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20852 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20855 \begin_layout Subsection
20856 Exponents and Subscripts
20860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20879 \begin_layout Standard
20880 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20881 way is to use a command.
20883 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20886 , type in a formula
20892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20908 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
20914 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
20918 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
20927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20939 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
20941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20948 , you have to use an extra
20952 to separate the hat and the character.
20955 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
20964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20976 Subscripts are similar: To get
20977 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
20986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21000 \begin_layout Subsection
21005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21014 \begin_layout Standard
21015 Create a fraction with either the command
21022 \begin_inset Graphics
21023 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21031 \begin_inset space ~
21037 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21038 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21039 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21044 To move back up, press
21049 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21050 \begin_inset Formula \[
21051 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21053 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21060 \begin_layout Subsection
21065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21074 \begin_layout Standard
21075 Roots can be created using the
21078 \begin_inset space ~
21084 \begin_inset Graphics
21085 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21108 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21114 produces always a square root.
21117 \begin_layout Subsection
21118 Operators with Limits
21122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21139 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21141 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21148 \begin_layout Standard
21150 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21154 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21157 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21158 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21159 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21160 The sum operator will automatically place its
21161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21168 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21171 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21175 \begin_inset Formula \[
21176 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21180 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21184 \begin_layout Standard
21185 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21187 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21188 behind the operator and hitting
21194 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21195 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21197 \begin_inset space ~
21201 \begin_inset space ~
21209 \begin_layout Standard
21210 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21218 feature as addition, such as
21222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21229 \begin_inset Formula \[
21230 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21234 which will place the
21235 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21247 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21248 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21254 \begin_layout Standard
21255 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21262 Have a look at section
21263 \begin_inset space ~
21267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21269 reference "sub:Functions"
21273 for an explanation of function macros.
21276 \begin_layout Subsection
21281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21290 \begin_layout Standard
21291 Most math symbols can be found in the
21294 \begin_inset space ~
21299 under one of several categories; including
21316 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21320 \begin_layout Standard
21321 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21322 you don't have to use the
21325 \begin_inset space ~
21330 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21331 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21334 \begin_layout Subsection
21339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21346 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21348 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21355 \begin_layout Standard
21356 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21365 \begin_inset space ~
21371 \begin_inset Graphics
21372 filename ../images/math/space.png
21377 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21378 Here a example for the sequence
21383 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21387 \begin_inset Graphics
21388 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21393 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21394 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21395 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21396 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21401 \begin_layout Standard
21411 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21417 \begin_layout Standard
21427 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21433 \begin_layout Subsection
21438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21447 name "sub:Functions"
21454 \begin_layout Standard
21458 \begin_inset space ~
21463 contains under the button
21464 \begin_inset Graphics
21465 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21469 a number of functions, such as
21470 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21474 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21482 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21489 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21490 avoid confusions, because
21491 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21495 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21501 \begin_layout Standard
21502 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21504 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21508 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21514 \begin_layout Standard
21515 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21516 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21517 \begin_inset space ~
21521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21523 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21530 \begin_layout Subsection
21535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21544 \begin_layout Standard
21545 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21547 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21548 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21550 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21553 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21554 Our example is entered by typing
21562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21575 \begin_inset space ~
21579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21581 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21585 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21588 \begin_layout Standard
21589 \begin_inset Float table
21594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21595 \begin_inset Caption
21597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21600 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21604 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21614 \begin_inset Tabular
21615 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21617 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21618 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21619 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21703 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21757 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21811 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21865 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21919 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
21929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21973 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
21983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22027 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22081 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22135 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22180 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22201 \begin_layout Standard
22202 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22205 \begin_inset space ~
22211 \begin_inset Graphics
22212 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22216 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22220 \begin_layout Section
22221 Brackets and Delimiters
22225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22242 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22244 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22251 \begin_layout Standard
22252 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22253 For most purposes, using just the keys
22258 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22259 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22262 \begin_inset space ~
22268 \begin_inset Graphics
22269 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22274 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22276 \begin_inset Formula \[
22277 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22279 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22283 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22284 \begin_inset Formula \[
22285 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22292 \begin_layout Standard
22293 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22294 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22297 \begin_layout Standard
22298 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22299 left side and right side.
22300 If you use the option
22303 \begin_inset space ~
22308 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22309 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22310 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22311 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22314 \begin_layout Standard
22315 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22316 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22317 inside the brackets.
22318 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22323 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22326 \begin_layout Standard
22327 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22338 \begin_layout Section
22343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22352 name "sec:Grouping"
22359 \begin_layout Standard
22360 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22361 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22372 \begin_layout Standard
22373 \begin_inset Formula \[
22374 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22381 \begin_layout Standard
22382 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22397 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22398 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22399 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22402 \begin_layout Section
22403 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22428 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22436 \begin_layout Standard
22437 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22440 \begin_inset space ~
22446 \begin_inset Graphics
22447 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22452 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22453 Here is an example:
22454 \begin_inset Formula \[
22455 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22458 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22462 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22463 \begin_inset space ~
22467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22469 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22474 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22475 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22476 This alignment is set in the box
22481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22529 for every column as default.
22530 For example, the sequence
22531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22542 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22543 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22544 corresponds to the relevant column.
22545 The result will look like this:
22546 \begin_inset Formula \[
22548 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22549 column & has & has\, right\\
22550 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22557 \begin_layout Standard
22558 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22562 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22563 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22565 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22571 \begin_layout Standard
22572 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22573 It can be created with the menu
22575 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22576 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22578 \begin_inset space ~
22591 \begin_inset Formula \[
22595 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22602 \begin_layout Standard
22603 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22606 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22614 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22623 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22631 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22632 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22633 A new row is created by every further hit of
22641 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22642 Here is an example:
22643 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22644 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22645 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22649 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22650 where you want to start the shift and hit
22655 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22656 position to the next column.
22657 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22658 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22659 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22660 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22667 \begin_layout Standard
22668 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22675 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22676 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22679 reference "eq:asquared"
22684 The other types are described in section
22685 \begin_inset space ~
22689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22691 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22698 \begin_layout Section
22699 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22704 Math ! Formula numbering
22713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22714 Math ! Referencing formulas
22720 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22722 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22729 \begin_layout Standard
22730 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22732 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22733 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22735 \begin_inset space ~
22743 \begin_inset space ~
22749 The formula number appears in LyX as
22750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22757 within parentheses.
22759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22766 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22768 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22769 the document class.
22770 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22771 separated by a dot:
22772 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22773 1+1=2\end{equation}
22780 \begin_inset space ~
22785 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22786 You can only number displayed formulas.
22789 \begin_layout Standard
22790 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22792 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22793 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22795 \begin_inset space ~
22799 \begin_inset space ~
22803 \begin_inset space ~
22811 \begin_inset space ~
22816 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22817 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22819 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22820 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22824 To number all lines use the shortcut
22827 \begin_inset space ~
22835 \begin_layout Standard
22836 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22839 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22840 A label is inserted with the menu
22842 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22845 when the cursor is in the formula.
22846 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22847 It is recommended to use the proposed
22848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22859 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22860 type when you have many labels in your document.
22861 We inserted in the following example the label
22862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22869 in the second line:
22870 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22871 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22872 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22876 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22877 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22887 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22889 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22891 \begin_inset space ~
22897 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22898 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22899 as the formula number:
22902 \begin_layout Standard
22903 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22906 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22913 \begin_layout Standard
22914 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
22915 \begin_inset space ~
22919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22921 reference "sec:Cross-References"
22926 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
22929 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22932 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
22936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22937 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
22945 \begin_layout Section
22946 User defined math macros
22950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22959 name "sec:math-macros"
22966 \begin_layout Standard
22967 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
22968 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
22969 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
22971 \begin_inset Newline newline
22974 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
22975 \begin_inset Formula \[
22976 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
22980 The general form of its solution is:
22981 \begin_inset Formula \[
22982 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
22989 \begin_layout Standard
22990 The macro should print the parameters
22991 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
22995 \begin_inset Formula $p$
22999 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23002 like in the equation above.
23005 \begin_layout Standard
23006 A macro is created by executing the command
23009 \begin_layout Standard
23016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23039 \begin_inset space ~
23043 \begin_inset space ~
23049 \begin_layout Standard
23050 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23051 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23052 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23053 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23057 \begin_layout Standard
23058 We have three arguments and name the macro
23059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23066 , so that the command is:
23069 \begin_layout Standard
23076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23101 \begin_layout Standard
23102 This results in the following macro definition box:
23103 \begin_inset Graphics
23104 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23109 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23110 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23111 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23115 \begin_inset Note Note
23118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23119 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23120 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23128 \begin_layout Standard
23129 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23130 the math panel or commands.
23131 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23132 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23143 for the first argument.
23144 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23145 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23146 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23147 in LyX with its full size.
23148 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23149 In our example we insert the sequence
23150 \begin_inset Newline newline
23178 \begin_inset Newline newline
23183 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23186 \begin_layout Standard
23187 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23202 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23205 \begin_layout Standard
23207 \begin_inset Graphics
23208 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23215 \begin_layout Standard
23216 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23217 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23218 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23219 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23220 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23223 \begin_layout Standard
23224 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23225 to the new definition.
23226 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23227 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23231 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23235 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23239 \begin_inset Formula \[
23247 \begin_layout Standard
23248 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23252 \begin_layout Standard
23266 \begin_inset Newline newline
23273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23299 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23302 \begin_layout Standard
23303 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23304 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23305 definition box in your document.
23306 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23308 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23310 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23315 \begin_layout Section
23319 \begin_layout Subsection
23324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23333 \begin_layout Standard
23334 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23335 To set a font in a formula, use the
23338 \begin_inset space ~
23344 \begin_inset Graphics
23345 filename ../images/math/font.png
23349 , or enter its command, listed in table
23350 \begin_inset space ~
23354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23356 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23363 \begin_layout Standard
23364 \begin_inset Float table
23369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23370 \begin_inset Caption
23372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23375 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23379 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23389 \begin_inset Tabular
23390 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23392 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23393 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23425 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23452 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23479 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23512 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23539 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23566 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23600 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23627 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23661 \begin_layout Standard
23662 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23670 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23686 \begin_layout Standard
23687 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23688 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23693 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23694 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23695 Here an example where a
23696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23707 denotes the set of numbers:
23708 \begin_inset Formula \[
23709 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23716 \begin_layout Standard
23717 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23728 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23732 \begin_inset Newline newline
23735 So better don't use this feature.
23738 \begin_layout Standard
23739 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23740 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23744 \begin_inset Newline newline
23747 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23753 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23754 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23760 \begin_layout Standard
23767 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23770 \begin_layout Standard
23771 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23773 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23774 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23776 \begin_inset space ~
23784 \begin_layout Subsection
23789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23798 \begin_layout Standard
23799 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23801 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23805 \begin_inset space ~
23809 \begin_inset space ~
23817 \begin_inset space ~
23823 \begin_inset Graphics
23824 filename ../images/math/font.png
23828 (alternatively the shortcut
23831 \begin_inset space ~
23837 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23838 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23839 Here is an example:
23840 \begin_inset Formula \[
23842 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23843 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23850 \begin_layout Subsection
23855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23864 \begin_layout Standard
23865 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23866 automatically chosen in most situations.
23884 For most characters,
23892 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23893 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23898 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23899 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23900 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23901 \begin_inset Graphics
23902 filename ../images/math/style.png
23907 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23908 For example, you can set
23909 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23912 , which is normally in
23921 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23925 The four styles are used in the following example:
23928 \begin_layout Standard
23929 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23933 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23937 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23941 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23947 \begin_layout Standard
23948 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23949 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23951 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23953 \begin_inset space ~
23958 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23959 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23960 will be adjusted to correspond.
23961 As example a formula in the font size
23962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23972 \begin_layout Standard
23976 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23982 \begin_layout Section
23986 \begin_layout Standard
23987 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23988 the document classes and into layout modules.
23992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23998 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23999 other than the AMS classes.
24001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24003 reference "sub:Modules"
24007 for more on layout modules.
24010 \begin_layout Section
24015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24034 \begin_layout Standard
24035 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24036 (AMS) that are in common use.
24039 \begin_layout Subsection
24040 Enabling AMS-Support
24043 \begin_layout Standard
24044 Selecting the checkbox
24047 \begin_inset space ~
24051 \begin_inset space ~
24055 \begin_inset space ~
24062 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24070 Document ! Settings
24078 \begin_inset space ~
24083 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24085 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24086 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24089 \begin_layout Subsection
24091 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24093 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24102 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24110 \begin_layout Standard
24111 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24112 LyX allows you to choose between
24133 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24136 \begin_layout Chapter
24140 \begin_layout Section
24145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24152 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24154 name "sec:Cross-References"
24161 \begin_layout Standard
24162 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24163 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24165 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24166 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24167 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24170 \begin_layout Enumerate
24174 \begin_layout Enumerate
24175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24177 name "enu:Second-item"
24184 \begin_layout Enumerate
24188 \begin_layout Standard
24189 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24191 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24194 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24195 \begin_inset Graphics
24196 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24202 A grey label box like this:
24203 \begin_inset Graphics
24204 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24209 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24210 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24245 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24246 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24261 \begin_layout Standard
24262 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24264 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24267 or the toolbar button
24268 \begin_inset Graphics
24269 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24275 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24276 \begin_inset Graphics
24277 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24282 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24284 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24297 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24299 Here is our cross-reference:
24302 \begin_layout Standard
24304 \begin_inset space ~
24308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24310 reference "enu:Second-item"
24317 \begin_layout Standard
24318 It is recommended to use a protected space
24322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24323 described in section
24324 \begin_inset space ~
24328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24330 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24339 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
24343 \begin_layout Standard
24344 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24347 \begin_layout Description
24348 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24351 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24358 \begin_layout Description
24359 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24360 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24372 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24379 \begin_layout Description
24380 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24381 \begin_inset space ~
24385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24386 LatexCommand pageref
24387 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24394 \begin_layout Description
24396 \begin_inset space ~
24400 \begin_inset space ~
24403 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24405 LatexCommand vpageref
24406 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24413 \begin_layout Description
24415 \begin_inset space ~
24419 \begin_inset space ~
24423 \begin_inset space ~
24426 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24430 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24437 \begin_layout Description
24439 \begin_inset space ~
24442 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24443 \begin_inset Newline newline
24447 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24455 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24464 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24477 \begin_layout Standard
24478 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24479 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24485 \begin_inset space ~
24489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24503 \begin_layout Standard
24504 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24505 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24506 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24510 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24514 \begin_layout Standard
24515 You can only use the style
24519 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24523 is always possible.
24526 \begin_layout Standard
24527 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24528 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24529 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24530 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24531 \begin_inset space ~
24535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24537 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24544 \begin_layout Standard
24548 \begin_inset space ~
24552 \begin_inset space ~
24557 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24558 The button text changes then to
24561 \begin_inset space ~
24566 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24567 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24568 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24572 \begin_layout Standard
24573 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24574 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24575 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24578 \begin_layout Standard
24579 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24580 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24583 \begin_layout Standard
24584 References are described in detail in the
24591 \begin_layout Section
24592 Table of Contents and other Listings
24596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24622 \begin_layout Subsection
24623 Table of Contents and Outline
24624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24626 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24633 \begin_layout Standard
24634 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24636 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24637 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24639 \begin_inset space ~
24643 \begin_inset space ~
24649 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24650 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
24651 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
24652 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
24659 \begin_layout Standard
24660 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
24661 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24663 \begin_inset space ~
24667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24669 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24673 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24675 \begin_inset space ~
24679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24681 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24685 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24687 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
24688 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
24689 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24692 \begin_layout Standard
24693 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
24695 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
24697 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24703 \begin_layout Subsection
24704 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
24705 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24714 \begin_layout Standard
24715 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24716 You can insert them via the
24718 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24720 \begin_inset space ~
24724 \begin_inset space ~
24730 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24733 \begin_layout Section
24734 URLs and Hyperlinks
24738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24755 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24764 \begin_layout Subsection
24768 \begin_layout Standard
24769 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24771 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24777 \begin_layout Standard
24778 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24779 \begin_inset Flex URL
24782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24792 \begin_layout Standard
24793 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24799 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24803 \begin_layout Standard
24804 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24812 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24820 \begin_layout Subsection
24824 \begin_layout Standard
24825 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24827 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24830 or with the toolbar button
24831 \begin_inset Graphics
24832 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24833 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24838 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24847 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24848 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24849 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24851 name "LyX's homepage"
24852 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24856 , an Email address like this:
24857 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24859 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24860 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24865 , or a link to a file.
24868 \begin_layout Standard
24869 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24882 to the link target.
24885 \begin_layout Standard
24886 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24887 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24888 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24889 the text style dialog.
24890 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24894 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24896 name "LyX's homepage"
24897 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24904 \begin_layout Standard
24905 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24909 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24911 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24912 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24916 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24918 \begin_inset Newline newline
24926 \begin_inset Newline newline
24933 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24936 \begin_layout Section
24941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24950 name "sec:Appendices"
24957 \begin_layout Standard
24958 Appendices are created with the menu
24960 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24962 \begin_inset space ~
24966 \begin_inset space ~
24972 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24973 as appendix region.
24974 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24977 \begin_layout Standard
24978 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24979 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24980 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24981 and the subsection number.
24982 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24986 \begin_layout Standard
24988 \begin_inset space ~
24992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24994 reference "cha:Credits"
24999 \begin_inset space ~
25003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25005 reference "sub:Export"
25012 \begin_layout Section
25017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25024 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25026 name "sec:Bibliography"
25033 \begin_layout Standard
25034 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25035 You can include a bibliography database
25039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25040 Known under the name
25041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25053 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25055 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25059 , described in section
25060 \begin_inset space ~
25064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25066 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25073 \begin_layout Standard
25078 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25080 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25089 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25091 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25100 , a short form of its title, as key.
25103 \begin_layout Standard
25104 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25106 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25109 or the toobar button
25110 \begin_inset Graphics
25111 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25112 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25117 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25118 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25119 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25120 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25124 \begin_layout Standard
25125 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25126 with surrounding brackets.
25131 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25132 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25144 \begin_layout Standard
25147 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25150 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25152 key "latexcompanion"
25159 \begin_layout Standard
25160 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25161 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25170 \begin_layout Subsection
25171 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25176 Bibliography ! Databases
25185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25186 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25192 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25194 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25201 \begin_layout Standard
25202 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25204 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25206 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25207 your working field in a database.
25208 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25209 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25212 \begin_layout Standard
25213 The database is a text file with the file extension
25214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25225 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25226 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25227 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25229 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25234 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25236 \begin_inset Newline newline
25240 \begin_inset Flex URL
25243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25245 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25251 \begin_inset Newline newline
25254 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25257 \begin_layout Standard
25258 To use a database, use the menu
25260 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25265 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25278 \begin_inset space ~
25284 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25285 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25288 \begin_layout Standard
25289 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25301 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25302 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25303 take care of the layout.
25306 \begin_layout Standard
25307 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25310 \begin_layout Standard
25311 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25317 \begin_layout Standard
25318 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25320 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25354 \begin_inset space ~
25360 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25368 \begin_layout Standard
25369 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25375 \begin_layout Standard
25376 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25377 the two methods of creating them.
25378 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25379 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25380 We used the style file
25384 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25387 \begin_layout Subsection
25388 Bibliography layout
25392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25393 Bibliography ! Layout
25401 \begin_layout Standard
25402 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25403 For this feature you need to use the option
25409 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25417 Document ! Settings
25427 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25428 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25429 in the previous section.
25432 \begin_layout Standard
25433 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25434 in the citation reference window.
25435 Here an example where we set the text
25436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25440 \begin_inset space ~
25444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25447 to appear after the reference:
25450 \begin_layout Standard
25452 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25455 key "latexcompanion"
25462 \begin_layout Section
25467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25474 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25483 \begin_layout Standard
25484 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25488 \begin_inset space ~
25493 or the toolbar button
25494 \begin_inset Graphics
25495 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25496 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25513 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25514 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25515 by LyX as index entry.
25518 \begin_layout Standard
25519 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25520 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25522 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25524 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25531 \begin_layout Standard
25532 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25535 \begin_layout Standard
25536 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25538 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25540 \begin_inset space ~
25544 \begin_inset space ~
25547 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25549 \begin_inset space ~
25555 A light blue box labeled
25556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25567 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25568 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25571 \begin_layout Subsection
25572 Grouping Index Entries
25576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25585 \begin_layout Standard
25586 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25588 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25589 lists under the entry
25590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25598 First we create the entry
25599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25607 \begin_inset space ~
25611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25613 reference "sub:Lists"
25618 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25619 \begin_inset space ~
25623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25625 reference "sec:Itemize"
25629 , we insert the command
25632 \begin_layout Standard
25638 \begin_layout Standard
25642 \begin_layout Standard
25648 \begin_layout Standard
25649 for the enumerated list in section
25650 \begin_inset space ~
25654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25656 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25663 \begin_layout Standard
25664 The exclamation mark
25665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25672 marks the grouping levels.
25673 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25674 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25675 If we don't have an index entry for
25676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25683 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25686 \begin_layout Subsection
25691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25692 Index ! Page ranges
25700 \begin_layout Standard
25701 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25703 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25704 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25706 \begin_inset space ~
25710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25712 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25719 \begin_layout Standard
25722 Paragraph environments|(
25725 \begin_layout Standard
25726 and another entry at the end of section
25727 \begin_inset space ~
25731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25733 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25740 \begin_layout Standard
25743 Paragraph environments|)
25746 \begin_layout Standard
25748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25771 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25772 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25773 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25774 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25775 An example is the index entry
25776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25779 Document ! Settings
25780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25786 \begin_layout Subsection
25791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25792 Index ! Cross referencing
25800 \begin_layout Standard
25801 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25802 We referred for example in the index entry
25803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25811 \begin_inset space ~
25815 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25817 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25821 ) to the index entry
25822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25829 in the same section using the entry
25832 \begin_layout Standard
25835 GIF|see{Image formats}
25838 \begin_layout Standard
25839 Where the braces have to be inserted as ERT.
25840 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25841 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25844 \begin_layout Subsection
25849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25850 Index ! Entry order
25858 \begin_layout Standard
25859 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25860 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25861 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25866 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25868 \begin_inset space ~
25872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25874 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25883 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25884 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25913 Dummy entries ! maïs
25922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25923 Dummy entries ! maître
25932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25933 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25938 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25939 order maïs, maison, maître.
25940 To achieve this, we use the command
25943 \begin_layout Standard
25946 previous entry@current entry
25949 \begin_layout Standard
25950 In our case we want to have
25951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25966 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25969 \begin_layout Standard
25975 \begin_layout Standard
25976 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25977 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25981 \begin_layout Subsection
25986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25987 Index ! Entry layout
25995 \begin_layout Standard
25996 You can change the appearance of insert entries via the textstyle dialog.
26000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26003 This is an italic dummy entry
26008 You can also format the page number using the character
26009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26016 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26017 We can write for example
26020 \begin_layout Standard
26023 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26026 \begin_layout Standard
26027 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
26031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26032 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26037 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26055 \begin_inset space ~
26061 Have a look at section
26062 \begin_inset space ~
26066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26068 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26072 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26075 \begin_layout Standard
26076 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26078 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26079 for all index entries.
26082 \begin_layout Subsection
26087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26096 name "sub:Index-Program"
26103 \begin_layout Standard
26104 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
26109 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
26111 \begin_inset space ~
26115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26117 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26122 The available options are listed and explained in
26123 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26132 \begin_layout Standard
26133 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
26139 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26148 \begin_layout Section
26149 Nomenclature / Glossary
26153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26192 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26194 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26201 \begin_layout Standard
26202 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26203 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26207 \begin_layout Standard
26208 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26217 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26223 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26224 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26230 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26233 \begin_layout Standard
26234 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26235 and then use the menu
26237 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26243 \begin_inset space ~
26248 or the toobar button
26249 \begin_inset Graphics
26250 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26251 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26268 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26271 \begin_layout Standard
26272 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26273 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26274 The second is the description of the symbol.
26277 \begin_layout Standard
26278 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26286 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
26287 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26295 \begin_layout Subsection
26296 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26301 Nomenclature ! Layout
26309 \begin_layout Standard
26310 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26314 field as LaTeX-formula.
26316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26320 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26328 \begin_inset Newline newline
26336 \begin_inset Newline newline
26342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26349 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26350 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26362 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26372 \begin_layout Standard
26373 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26374 \begin_inset space ~
26378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26380 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26387 \begin_layout Standard
26391 \begin_inset space ~
26396 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26397 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26402 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26409 in this document is:
26410 \begin_inset Newline newline
26415 dummy entry for the character
26420 \begin_inset Newline newline
26432 \begin_inset space ~
26442 font use the command
26471 \begin_layout Subsection
26472 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26477 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26485 \begin_layout Standard
26486 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26487 the symbol definition.
26488 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26489 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26492 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26493 LatexCommand nomenclature
26495 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26502 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26506 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26507 LatexCommand nomenclature
26510 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26515 They will be sorted by
26516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26542 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26545 will be sorted before the
26549 since the character
26550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26557 is considered in sorting.
26560 \begin_layout Standard
26561 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26564 \begin_inset space ~
26569 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26570 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26572 For the given example, you can insert
26576 to this field for the
26577 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26584 will be located before
26585 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26591 \begin_layout Standard
26592 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26597 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26606 \begin_layout Subsection
26607 Nomenclature Options
26611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26612 Nomenclature ! Options
26620 \begin_layout Standard
26625 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26626 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26629 \begin_layout Description
26630 refeq Appends the phrase
26631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26646 to every nomenclature entry, where
26652 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26655 \begin_layout Description
26656 refpage Appends the phrase
26657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26672 to every nomenclature entry, where
26678 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26681 \begin_layout Description
26682 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26685 \begin_layout Standard
26686 There are furthermore the options
26730 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26734 \begin_layout Standard
26735 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26736 class options list in the
26738 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26742 In this document the options
26753 \begin_layout Standard
26754 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26760 \begin_layout Standard
26761 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26762 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26767 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26770 \begin_layout Description
26780 \begin_layout Description
26783 nomrefpage Like the
26790 \begin_layout Description
26793 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26802 \begin_layout Description
26806 \begin_inset space ~
26812 \begin_inset space ~
26817 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26820 \begin_layout Subsection
26821 Printing the Nomenclature
26825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26826 Nomenclature ! Printing
26834 \begin_layout Standard
26835 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26837 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26839 \begin_inset space ~
26843 \begin_inset space ~
26846 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26850 A light blue box labeled
26851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26862 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26863 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26866 \begin_layout Standard
26867 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26876 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26884 For example, in order to change the name to
26888 , add the following line to the preamble:
26891 \begin_layout Standard
26899 nomname}{List of Symbols}
26902 \begin_layout Standard
26903 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26909 \begin_layout Standard
26910 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
26911 by adding the following line to the preamble:
26914 \begin_layout Standard
26922 nomlabelwidth}{width}
26925 \begin_layout Standard
26928 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
26929 \begin_inset space ~
26933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26935 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
26940 The default value is 1
26941 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26947 \begin_layout Section
26952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26963 Document ! Branches
26969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26971 name "sec:Branches"
26978 \begin_layout Standard
26979 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
26980 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
26981 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
26982 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
26985 \begin_layout Standard
26986 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
26987 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
26988 To create a branch, go in the
26990 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26998 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
26999 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27002 \begin_layout Standard
27003 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27004 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27006 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27009 where you can choose a branch.
27010 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27013 \begin_layout Standard
27014 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27015 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27018 \begin_layout Standard
27019 \begin_inset Branch Question
27022 \begin_layout Standard
27023 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27031 \begin_layout Standard
27032 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27035 \begin_layout Standard
27036 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27044 \begin_layout Standard
27045 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27051 \begin_layout Standard
27052 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27053 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27055 For example you can define for the question branch
27059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27060 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27061 \begin_inset space ~
27065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27067 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27079 \begin_layout Standard
27089 \begin_layout Standard
27099 \begin_layout Standard
27100 and for the answer branch
27103 \begin_layout Standard
27113 \begin_layout Standard
27123 \begin_layout Standard
27124 \begin_inset Branch Question
27127 \begin_layout Standard
27131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27159 \begin_layout Standard
27160 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27163 \begin_layout Standard
27167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27195 \begin_layout Standard
27196 Now it is possible to use the commands
27200 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27207 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27210 to obtain conditional output.
27211 Here is an example formula where only the
27218 \begin_inset Formula \[
27219 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27226 \begin_layout Standard
27227 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27228 \begin_inset space ~
27232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27234 reference "sec:math-macros"
27241 \begin_layout Section
27242 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
27243 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27252 \begin_layout Subsection
27257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27266 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
27273 \begin_layout Standard
27274 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27275 constructs, but not all.
27276 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27277 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
27278 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
27279 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27280 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
27281 and their commands.
27284 \begin_layout Standard
27285 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27295 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
27296 An ERT box is created by the menu
27298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27301 or by the toolbar button
27302 \begin_inset Graphics
27303 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27308 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
27321 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
27322 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
27333 \begin_layout Standard
27334 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
27335 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27336 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27343 , you can write the command part
27349 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
27353 in a second ERT box behind the word.
27354 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
27358 \begin_layout Standard
27359 \begin_inset Graphics
27360 filename clipart/ERT.png
27368 \begin_layout Standard
27372 \begin_layout Standard
27373 This is a line with a
27377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27400 \begin_layout Standard
27401 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27409 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27410 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27418 \begin_layout Subsection
27419 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27420 \begin_inset OptArg
27423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27442 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27449 \begin_layout Standard
27450 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27451 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27452 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27461 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27462 every time if you know the right commands.
27464 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27465 the end of the day.
27466 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27467 all caption labels bold.
27468 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27470 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27473 \begin_layout Standard
27474 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27475 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27476 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27478 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27487 \begin_layout Standard
27488 As result you know that the package
27496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27497 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27503 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27505 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27511 \begin_layout Standard
27516 usepackage[options]{package name}
27519 \begin_layout Standard
27520 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27521 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27522 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27525 \begin_layout Standard
27526 In your case the package name is
27531 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27536 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27537 So you add the command
27540 \begin_layout Standard
27545 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27548 \begin_layout Standard
27549 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27554 For more commands provided by the
27558 package, have a look at its documentation,
27559 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27573 \begin_layout Standard
27574 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27576 For example if you use a
27580 class, you don't need the package
27584 , you can instead write
27587 \begin_layout Standard
27592 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27597 \begin_layout Standard
27598 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27599 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27600 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27607 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27610 \begin_layout Standard
27611 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27612 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27614 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
27618 \begin_layout Standard
27619 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27621 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27623 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27631 \begin_layout Section
27632 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27643 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27645 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27662 \begin_layout Standard
27663 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27664 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27665 to break your train of thought with
27667 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27673 \begin_layout Standard
27674 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27675 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27684 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27689 as explained below, and turn on
27692 \begin_inset space ~
27699 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27705 \begin_inset space ~
27709 \begin_inset space ~
27712 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27718 \begin_layout Standard
27719 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
27721 Previews of an already loaded document are
27725 generated just by selecting the
27728 \begin_inset space ~
27733 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
27736 \begin_layout Standard
27737 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
27738 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
27741 \begin_inset space ~
27746 check box in the insert dialog.
27747 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
27751 \begin_layout Standard
27752 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
27756 (on some systems named simply
27761 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27763 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27769 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27770 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
27778 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
27782 \begin_layout Standard
27783 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27789 \begin_layout Standard
27790 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
27794 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27796 \begin_inset space ~
27801 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
27802 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
27804 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
27805 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
27806 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
27807 the source view window.
27810 \begin_layout Section
27812 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27814 name "sec:Spellchecking"
27822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27831 \begin_layout Standard
27832 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
27833 Rather it uses one of the external programs
27850 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
27856 can be seen as successor of
27860 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
27865 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
27866 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
27874 \begin_layout Standard
27875 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
27876 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
27883 \begin_layout Standard
27886 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27889 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
27890 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
27891 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
27892 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
27893 scrolled so that it is visible.
27898 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
27900 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
27904 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
27905 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
27908 \begin_layout Standard
27909 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
27912 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27916 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
27917 will bring an error message.
27918 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
27919 specifying a different
27921 Alternative language
27923 in preferences dialog.
27926 \begin_layout Standard
27927 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
27930 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27934 \begin_layout Standard
27935 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
27936 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
27938 But you can use the
27941 \begin_inset space ~
27945 \begin_inset space ~
27953 \begin_layout Standard
27954 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
27955 This does work with
27959 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
27962 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27966 \begin_layout Standard
27971 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
27974 \begin_layout Description
27976 \begin_inset space ~
27979 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
27980 should consider, e.g.
27981 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
27982 This should not normally be needed.
27985 \begin_layout Description
27987 \begin_inset space ~
27990 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
27991 as your personal dictionary
27994 \begin_layout Description
27996 \begin_inset space ~
28000 \begin_inset space ~
28003 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28015 \begin_layout Description
28017 \begin_inset space ~
28021 \begin_inset space ~
28024 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28026 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28033 also for the spellchecker.
28037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28038 The encodings are explained in section
28039 \begin_inset space ~
28043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28045 reference "sub:Settings"
28054 Only enable this if you use
28058 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28059 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28060 so this is disabled by default.
28063 \begin_layout Section
28068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28075 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28077 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28084 \begin_layout Standard
28085 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28088 \begin_layout Standard
28089 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28092 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28095 or the toolbar button
28096 \begin_inset Graphics
28097 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28098 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28099 rotateOrigin center
28104 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28108 \begin_layout Standard
28109 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28110 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28111 cases to find related words.
28114 \begin_layout Standard
28115 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28117 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28125 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28134 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28153 \begin_layout Section
28158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28169 Document ! Change Tracking
28175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28177 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28184 \begin_layout Standard
28185 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28186 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28187 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28188 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28190 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28192 \begin_inset space ~
28195 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28197 \begin_inset space ~
28205 \begin_layout Standard
28206 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28215 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28218 \begin_inset space ~
28222 \begin_inset space ~
28235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28244 \begin_layout Standard
28245 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28258 \begin_layout Standard
28259 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28265 \begin_layout Standard
28266 \begin_inset Graphics
28267 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28274 \begin_layout Standard
28275 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28281 \begin_layout Standard
28282 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28286 \begin_layout Standard
28287 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28293 \begin_layout Standard
28294 \begin_inset Tabular
28295 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28296 <features islongtable="true">
28297 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28298 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28299 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28304 \begin_inset Graphics
28305 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28306 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28307 rotateOrigin center
28316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28322 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28324 \begin_inset space ~
28327 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28329 \begin_inset space ~
28338 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28343 \begin_inset Graphics
28344 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28345 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28346 rotateOrigin center
28355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28361 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28363 \begin_inset space ~
28366 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28368 \begin_inset space ~
28372 \begin_inset space ~
28376 \begin_inset space ~
28385 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28390 \begin_inset Graphics
28391 filename ../images/change-next.png
28392 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28393 rotateOrigin center
28402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28406 Jumps to the next change
28412 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28417 \begin_inset Graphics
28418 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28419 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28420 rotateOrigin center
28429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28435 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28437 \begin_inset space ~
28440 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28442 \begin_inset space ~
28451 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28456 \begin_inset Graphics
28457 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28458 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28459 rotateOrigin center
28468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28474 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28476 \begin_inset space ~
28479 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28481 \begin_inset space ~
28490 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28495 \begin_inset Graphics
28496 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28497 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28498 rotateOrigin center
28507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28513 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28515 \begin_inset space ~
28518 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28520 \begin_inset space ~
28529 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28534 \begin_inset Graphics
28535 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28536 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28537 rotateOrigin center
28546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28552 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28554 \begin_inset space ~
28557 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28559 \begin_inset space ~
28563 \begin_inset space ~
28572 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28577 \begin_inset Graphics
28578 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28579 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28580 rotateOrigin center
28589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28595 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28597 \begin_inset space ~
28600 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28602 \begin_inset space ~
28606 \begin_inset space ~
28615 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28620 \begin_inset Graphics
28621 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28622 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28623 rotateOrigin center
28632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28638 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28639 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28641 \begin_inset space ~
28650 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28655 \begin_inset Graphics
28656 filename ../images/note-next.png
28657 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28658 rotateOrigin center
28667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28673 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28675 \begin_inset space ~
28691 \begin_layout Standard
28692 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28698 \begin_layout Standard
28699 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
28700 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
28701 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
28702 the next change behind the current cursor position.
28703 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
28704 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
28705 step to the next change.
28706 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
28709 \begin_layout Standard
28710 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
28711 to describe a change.
28714 \begin_layout Standard
28715 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
28723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28724 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
28730 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28731 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28737 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28740 \begin_layout Section
28741 International Support
28745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28746 International support
28754 \begin_layout Standard
28755 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
28756 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
28757 how to set up LyX to use them:
28758 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28760 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
28767 \begin_layout Standard
28768 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
28769 \begin_inset space ~
28773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28775 reference "sub:Special-Character"
28782 \begin_layout Subsection
28787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28798 Document ! Settings
28807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28808 Document ! Language
28816 \begin_layout Standard
28819 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28822 dialog lets you set
28824 the language and character encoding for your language.
28828 \begin_layout Standard
28829 Choose your language in the
28833 section of this dialog.
28841 \begin_layout Standard
28846 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
28850 use language's default encoding
28852 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
28853 For details abhout the different encoding options see section
28854 \begin_inset space ~
28858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28860 reference "sub:Settings"
28867 \begin_layout Subsection
28868 Keyboard mapping configuration
28871 \begin_layout Standard
28872 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
28873 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
28874 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
28875 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
28876 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
28878 \begin_inset space ~
28882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28884 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
28889 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
28890 which one you want to use.
28893 \begin_layout Standard
28894 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
28895 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
28896 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
28897 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
28898 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
28899 one to support the characters you want.
28900 This and much more customizations are explained in the
28907 \begin_layout Subsection
28909 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28918 \begin_layout Standard
28920 \begin_inset space ~
28924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28926 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
28935 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
28939 \begin_layout Standard
28940 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
28941 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
28949 \begin_layout Itemize
28950 Even if you have selected
28956 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28959 dialog, users who have only the
28963 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
28967 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
28968 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
28969 french quotes won't show up.
28972 \begin_layout Standard
28973 \begin_inset Float table
28978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28979 \begin_inset Caption
28981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28982 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28984 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29002 \begin_inset Tabular
29003 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29005 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29006 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29007 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29008 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29009 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29010 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29013 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29014 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29015 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29016 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29017 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29018 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29019 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29020 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29021 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33434 \begin_layout Standard
33435 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33437 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33438 also the characters from
33450 \begin_layout Itemize
33459 \begin_layout Standard
33460 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33461 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33467 \begin_layout Standard
33468 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33469 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33475 \begin_layout Standard
33476 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33477 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33483 \begin_layout Standard
33484 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33485 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33491 \begin_layout Standard
33493 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33499 \begin_layout Standard
33501 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33507 \begin_layout Standard
33509 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33516 \begin_layout Itemize
33529 \begin_layout Standard
33531 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33537 \begin_layout Standard
33539 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33545 \begin_layout Standard
33547 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33553 \begin_layout Standard
33555 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33561 \begin_layout Standard
33563 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33569 \begin_layout Standard
33571 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33578 \begin_layout Standard
33579 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33580 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33581 Also make sure you're using the
33588 \begin_layout Chapter
33591 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33593 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33600 \begin_layout Standard
33601 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33602 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33603 inside the user's guide.
33606 \begin_layout Section
33611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33620 \begin_layout Standard
33625 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33626 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33629 \begin_layout Subsection
33633 \begin_layout Standard
33634 Creates a new document.
33637 \begin_layout Subsection
33641 \begin_layout Standard
33642 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33643 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33644 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33647 \begin_layout Subsection
33651 \begin_layout Standard
33655 \begin_layout Subsection
33659 \begin_layout Standard
33660 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33661 Click there on a file to open it.
33664 \begin_layout Subsection
33668 \begin_layout Standard
33669 Closes the current document.
33672 \begin_layout Subsection
33676 \begin_layout Standard
33677 Saves the actual document.
33680 \begin_layout Subsection
33684 \begin_layout Standard
33685 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33688 \begin_layout Subsection
33692 \begin_layout Standard
33693 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33696 \begin_layout Subsection
33700 \begin_layout Standard
33701 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
33702 It is described in the section
33704 Version Control in LyX
33709 \begin_inset space ~
33717 \begin_layout Subsection
33721 \begin_layout Standard
33722 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
33723 text files (ASCII-files).
33724 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
33727 \begin_layout Standard
33728 When using the menu
33731 \begin_inset space ~
33735 \begin_inset space ~
33740 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
33741 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
33742 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
33743 will start a new paragraph.
33746 \begin_layout Subsection
33748 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33757 \begin_layout Standard
33758 You can export your document to various file formats.
33759 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
33760 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
33761 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
33764 \begin_layout Standard
33765 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
33767 \begin_inset space ~
33771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33773 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
33780 \begin_layout Description
33784 \begin_inset space ~
33789 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
33790 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
33793 \begin_layout Description
33801 \begin_layout Description
33802 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
33806 \begin_layout Description
33808 \begin_inset space ~
33812 \begin_inset space ~
33815 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
33819 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
33827 \begin_layout Description
33834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33842 \begin_inset space ~
33847 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
33848 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
33852 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
33855 \begin_layout Description
33862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33870 \begin_inset space ~
33875 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
33876 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
33884 \begin_layout Description
33886 \begin_inset space ~
33889 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
33890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33897 is replaced by the version number)
33900 \begin_layout Description
33901 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
33914 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
33918 \begin_layout Description
33923 PDF-format using the program
33928 \begin_layout Description
33932 \begin_inset space ~
33937 PDF-format using the program
33942 \begin_layout Description
33946 \begin_inset space ~
33951 PDF-format using the program
33956 \begin_layout Description
33960 \begin_inset space ~
33968 \begin_layout Description
33972 \begin_inset space ~
33976 \begin_inset space ~
33981 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
33982 and then exported as text using the program
33987 \begin_layout Description
33992 PostScript format using the program
33997 \begin_layout Description
34005 \begin_layout Standard
34010 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
34011 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34017 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
34020 \begin_layout Standard
34021 If one of the menu entries
34028 \begin_inset space ~
34037 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34038 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34039 \begin_inset space ~
34043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34045 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34054 Reconfiguration of LyX
34062 \begin_layout Standard
34067 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34068 the export program.
34071 \begin_layout Subsection
34075 \begin_layout Standard
34076 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34077 or send it to a printer.
34078 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34079 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34085 For more informations have a look at section
34086 \begin_inset space ~
34090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34092 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34099 \begin_layout Subsection
34100 New and Close Window
34103 \begin_layout Standard
34104 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34105 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34108 \begin_layout Section
34113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34122 \begin_layout Subsection
34126 \begin_layout Standard
34127 Described in section
34128 \begin_inset space ~
34132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34134 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34141 \begin_layout Subsection
34142 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34145 \begin_layout Standard
34146 Described in section
34147 \begin_inset space ~
34151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34153 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34160 \begin_layout Subsection
34164 \begin_layout Standard
34165 Selects the whole document.
34168 \begin_layout Subsection
34172 \begin_layout Standard
34173 Described in section
34174 \begin_inset space ~
34178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34180 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34187 \begin_layout Subsection
34188 Move paragraph Up/Down
34191 \begin_layout Standard
34192 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34196 \begin_layout Subsection
34200 \begin_layout Standard
34201 Described in section
34202 \begin_inset space ~
34206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34208 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34215 \begin_layout Subsection
34220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34221 Paragraph ! Settings
34229 \begin_layout Standard
34230 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34232 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34235 \begin_layout Standard
34236 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34237 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34240 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34246 \begin_inset space ~
34254 \begin_layout Subsection
34258 \begin_layout Standard
34259 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34260 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34261 The properties of tables are described in section
34262 \begin_inset space ~
34266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34268 reference "sec:Tables"
34272 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34273 \begin_inset space ~
34277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34279 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34286 \begin_layout Subsection
34287 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34290 \begin_layout Standard
34291 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34293 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34294 \begin_inset space ~
34298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34300 reference "sec:Nesting"
34305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34307 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34314 \begin_layout Section
34319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34328 \begin_layout Standard
34333 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34334 document with an external program.
34335 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34336 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34337 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34338 \begin_inset space ~
34342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34344 reference "sub:Export"
34349 You should at least see the menu entries
34356 \begin_inset space ~
34362 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34363 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34364 \begin_inset space ~
34368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34370 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34379 Reconfiguration of LyX
34387 \begin_layout Standard
34388 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34389 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34390 \begin_inset space ~
34394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34396 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34401 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34404 \begin_layout Standard
34405 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34408 At the bottom of the
34412 menu the opened documents are listed.
34415 \begin_layout Subsection
34419 \begin_layout Standard
34420 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34422 \begin_inset space ~
34426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34428 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34435 \begin_layout Subsection
34439 \begin_layout Standard
34440 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34441 opening a new view window.
34444 \begin_layout Subsection
34446 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34448 name "sub:Toolbars"
34456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34465 \begin_layout Standard
34466 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34467 All toolbars and the
34470 \begin_inset space ~
34475 can be turned on and off.
34480 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34492 \begin_inset space ~
34501 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34505 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34512 \begin_layout Standard
34517 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34521 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34522 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34523 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34524 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34525 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34528 \begin_layout Standard
34529 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34530 \begin_inset space ~
34534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34536 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34543 \begin_layout Section
34548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34557 \begin_layout Subsection
34561 \begin_layout Standard
34562 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34563 \begin_inset space ~
34567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34569 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34576 \begin_layout Subsection
34578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34580 name "sub:Special-Character"
34587 \begin_layout Standard
34588 Here you can insert the following characters:
34591 \begin_layout Description
34592 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
34596 \begin_layout Description
34598 \begin_inset space ~
34602 \begin_inset space ~
34605 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
34606 \begin_inset space ~
34610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34612 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
34619 \begin_layout Description
34621 \begin_inset space ~
34624 Quote Inserts this quote:
34625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34628 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
34630 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34640 \begin_layout Description
34642 \begin_inset space ~
34645 Quote Inserts this quote:
34646 \begin_inset Quotes els
34652 \begin_layout Description
34654 \begin_inset space ~
34657 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
34661 \begin_layout Description
34663 \begin_inset space ~
34670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34681 Language ! Phonetic symbols
34686 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
34687 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
34688 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
34696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34697 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
34703 \begin_inset Newline newline
34706 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
34710 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34718 and this Wiki-page:
34719 \begin_inset Newline newline
34723 \begin_inset Flex URL
34726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34728 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
34736 \begin_layout Subsection
34740 \begin_layout Standard
34741 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
34744 \begin_layout Description
34745 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
34746 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
34752 \begin_layout Description
34753 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
34754 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
34760 \begin_layout Description
34762 \begin_inset space ~
34765 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
34766 \begin_inset space ~
34770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34772 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
34779 \begin_layout Description
34781 \begin_inset space ~
34784 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
34785 \begin_inset space ~
34789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34791 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
34798 \begin_layout Description
34800 \begin_inset space ~
34803 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
34804 \begin_inset space ~
34808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34810 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
34817 \begin_layout Description
34819 \begin_inset space ~
34822 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
34823 \begin_inset space ~
34827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34829 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
34836 \begin_layout Description
34838 \begin_inset space ~
34841 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
34842 \begin_inset space ~
34846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34848 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
34855 \begin_layout Description
34857 \begin_inset space ~
34860 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
34861 \begin_inset space ~
34865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34867 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
34874 \begin_layout Description
34876 \begin_inset space ~
34879 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
34880 \begin_inset space ~
34884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34886 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
34893 \begin_layout Description
34895 \begin_inset space ~
34898 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
34899 \begin_inset space ~
34903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34905 reference "sub:Ligatures"
34912 \begin_layout Description
34914 \begin_inset space ~
34917 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
34918 \begin_inset space ~
34922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34924 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
34931 \begin_layout Description
34933 \begin_inset space ~
34936 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
34937 \begin_inset space ~
34941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34943 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
34950 \begin_layout Description
34952 \begin_inset space ~
34955 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
34956 \begin_inset space ~
34960 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34962 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34969 \begin_layout Description
34971 \begin_inset space ~
34975 \begin_inset space ~
34978 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
34979 \begin_inset space ~
34983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34985 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34992 \begin_layout Subsection
34996 \begin_layout Standard
34997 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
34998 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35000 \begin_inset space ~
35004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35006 reference "sec:toc"
35011 The index list is described in section
35012 \begin_inset space ~
35016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35018 reference "sec:Index"
35022 , the nomenclature in section
35023 \begin_inset space ~
35027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35029 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35033 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35034 \begin_inset space ~
35038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35040 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35047 \begin_layout Subsection
35051 \begin_layout Standard
35052 To insert floats, described in section
35053 \begin_inset space ~
35057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35059 reference "sec:Floats"
35066 \begin_layout Subsection
35070 \begin_layout Standard
35071 To insert notes, described in section
35072 \begin_inset space ~
35076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35078 reference "sec:Notes"
35085 \begin_layout Subsection
35089 \begin_layout Standard
35090 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35091 \begin_inset space ~
35095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35097 reference "sec:Branches"
35104 \begin_layout Subsection
35109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35118 \begin_layout Standard
35119 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35120 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35131 \begin_layout Subsection
35136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35145 \begin_layout Standard
35146 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35147 \begin_inset space ~
35151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35153 reference "sec:Minipages"
35158 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35169 \begin_layout Subsection
35173 \begin_layout Standard
35174 Inserts a citation as described in section
35175 \begin_inset space ~
35179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35181 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35188 \begin_layout Subsection
35192 \begin_layout Standard
35193 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35194 \begin_inset space ~
35198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35200 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35207 \begin_layout Subsection
35211 \begin_layout Standard
35212 Inserts a label as described in section
35213 \begin_inset space ~
35217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35219 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35226 \begin_layout Subsection
35231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35242 Longtables ! Caption
35250 \begin_layout Standard
35251 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35252 Floats are described in section
35253 \begin_inset space ~
35257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35259 reference "sec:Floats"
35263 , cations in longtables are described in section
35274 \begin_layout Subsection
35278 \begin_layout Standard
35279 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35280 \begin_inset space ~
35284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35286 reference "sec:Index"
35293 \begin_layout Subsection
35297 \begin_layout Standard
35298 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35299 \begin_inset space ~
35303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35305 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35312 \begin_layout Subsection
35316 \begin_layout Standard
35318 Tables are described in section
35319 \begin_inset space ~
35323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35325 reference "sec:Tables"
35332 \begin_layout Subsection
35336 \begin_layout Standard
35338 Graphics are described in section
35339 \begin_inset space ~
35343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35345 reference "sec:Graphics"
35352 \begin_layout Subsection
35356 \begin_layout Standard
35357 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35358 \begin_inset space ~
35362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35364 reference "sec:URL"
35371 \begin_layout Subsection
35375 \begin_layout Standard
35376 Inserts a footnote, see section
35377 \begin_inset space ~
35381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35383 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35390 \begin_layout Subsection
35394 \begin_layout Standard
35395 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35396 \begin_inset space ~
35400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35402 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35409 \begin_layout Subsection
35413 \begin_layout Standard
35414 Inserts a short title, see section
35415 \begin_inset space ~
35419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35421 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35428 \begin_layout Subsection
35432 \begin_layout Standard
35433 Inserts an ERT box, see section
35434 \begin_inset space ~
35438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35440 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
35447 \begin_layout Subsection
35452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35461 \begin_layout Standard
35462 Inserts a program listings box.
35463 Program listings are explained in chapter
35465 Program Code Listings
35474 \begin_layout Subsection
35478 \begin_layout Standard
35479 Inserts the actual date.
35480 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35482 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35492 There the different methods are also compared.
35495 \begin_layout Section
35500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35509 \begin_layout Standard
35510 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35511 the current document.
35512 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35515 \begin_layout Standard
35516 The Navigate menu also offers to
35519 \begin_layout Subsection
35523 \begin_layout Standard
35524 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35525 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35528 \begin_inset space ~
35532 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35533 \begin_inset space ~
35536 2.5 and use the menu
35539 \begin_inset space ~
35543 \begin_inset space ~
35550 \begin_inset space ~
35556 \begin_inset space ~
35560 \begin_inset space ~
35566 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
35578 \begin_layout Standard
35579 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
35580 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
35583 \begin_layout Subsection
35584 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
35587 \begin_layout Standard
35588 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
35592 \begin_layout Subsection
35596 \begin_layout Standard
35597 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
35598 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
35599 on a cross-reference box.
35602 \begin_layout Section
35607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35616 \begin_layout Subsection
35620 \begin_layout Standard
35621 Change Tracking is described in section
35622 \begin_inset space ~
35626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35628 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35635 \begin_layout Subsection
35640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35650 \begin_layout Standard
35651 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
35653 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
35656 \begin_layout Standard
35657 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
35662 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
35665 \begin_layout Subsection
35669 \begin_layout Standard
35670 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
35671 \begin_inset space ~
35675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35677 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
35684 \begin_layout Subsection
35685 Start Appendix Here
35688 \begin_layout Standard
35689 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
35690 position as described in section
35691 \begin_inset space ~
35695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35697 reference "sec:Appendices"
35704 \begin_layout Subsection
35708 \begin_layout Standard
35709 Un/compresses the actual document.
35712 \begin_layout Subsection
35714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35716 name "sub:Settings"
35724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35725 Document ! Settings
35733 \begin_layout Standard
35734 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
35736 You can save your document settings as default with the
35738 Save as Document Defaults
35740 button in the dialog.
35741 This will create a template named
35745 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
35749 \begin_layout Standard
35750 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
35753 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35757 \begin_layout Standard
35758 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
35759 Document classes are described in section
35760 \begin_inset space ~
35764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35766 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
35771 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
35776 , the default driver for the Latex@LaTeX-packages are used.
35777 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
35780 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35784 \begin_layout Standard
35785 The document font settings are described in section
35786 \begin_inset space ~
35790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35792 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
35799 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35803 \begin_layout Standard
35804 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
35806 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
35810 \begin_layout Standard
35811 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
35812 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
35813 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
35816 \begin_layout Standard
35817 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
35825 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35829 \begin_layout Standard
35830 A description of this menu is given in section
35831 \begin_inset space ~
35835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35837 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
35842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35844 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
35851 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35855 \begin_layout Standard
35856 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
35857 \begin_inset space ~
35861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35863 reference "sub:Margins"
35870 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35876 Language ! Encoding
35884 \begin_layout Standard
35885 The document language and quote styles are set here.
35886 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
35887 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
35888 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
35889 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
35890 known for a particular character).
35894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35895 The known commands are defined in a text file.
35896 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
35901 manual for details.
35909 \begin_layout Standard
35910 If you use the option
35912 use language's default encoding
35914 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
35916 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
35917 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
35918 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
35919 exactly one encoding.
35920 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
35928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35929 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
35930 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
35932 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
35933 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35947 \begin_layout Standard
35948 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
35949 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
35950 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
35951 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
35952 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
35953 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
35956 use language's default encoding
35958 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
35959 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
35960 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
35963 \begin_layout Standard
35964 Here is a list with the important encodings:
35967 \begin_layout Description
35969 \begin_inset space ~
35974 use language's default encoding
35976 , but the LaTeX-package
35984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35985 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
35991 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
35994 \begin_layout Description
35995 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
35998 \begin_layout Description
35999 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36000 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36003 \begin_layout Description
36004 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36007 \begin_layout Description
36008 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36011 \begin_layout Description
36012 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36015 \begin_layout Description
36016 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36019 \begin_layout Description
36020 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36023 \begin_layout Description
36024 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36025 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36028 \begin_layout Description
36029 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36030 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36033 \begin_layout Description
36034 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36037 \begin_layout Description
36038 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36041 \begin_layout Description
36042 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36045 \begin_layout Description
36046 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36049 \begin_layout Description
36050 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36051 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36052 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36056 \begin_layout Description
36057 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36058 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36061 \begin_layout Description
36062 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36066 \begin_layout Description
36067 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36070 \begin_layout Description
36071 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36072 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36075 \begin_layout Description
36076 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36077 the euro currency sign, the
36081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36090 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36091 be the replacement for latin1
36094 \begin_layout Description
36095 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36098 \begin_layout Description
36099 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36108 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36113 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
36116 \begin_layout Description
36117 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36121 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
36124 \begin_layout Description
36125 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36134 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36139 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36142 \begin_layout Description
36143 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36147 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36156 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36157 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36171 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36175 \begin_layout Standard
36176 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36178 \begin_inset space ~
36182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36184 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36191 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36195 \begin_layout Standard
36196 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36205 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36219 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36225 For a further description see section
36226 \begin_inset space ~
36230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36232 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36239 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36243 \begin_layout Standard
36244 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36253 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36267 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36272 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36275 \begin_layout Standard
36280 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36281 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36284 \begin_layout Standard
36289 is used for special integral characters.
36292 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36296 \begin_layout Standard
36297 The float placement options are described in section
36298 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36304 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36311 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36315 \begin_layout Standard
36316 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36317 The itemize environment is described in section
36318 \begin_inset space ~
36322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36324 reference "sec:Itemize"
36331 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36335 \begin_layout Standard
36336 Branches are described in section
36337 \begin_inset space ~
36341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36343 reference "sec:Branches"
36350 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36365 \begin_layout Standard
36366 In this text field are entered commands to load special Latex@LaTeX-packages
36367 or to define LaTeX-commands.
36368 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36369 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36373 \begin_layout Standard
36374 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36375 \begin_inset space ~
36379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36381 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36388 \begin_layout Section
36393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36402 \begin_layout Subsection
36406 \begin_layout Standard
36407 Spell checking is explained in section
36408 \begin_inset space ~
36412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36414 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36421 \begin_layout Subsection
36425 \begin_layout Standard
36426 The thesaurus is described in section
36427 \begin_inset space ~
36431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36433 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36440 \begin_layout Subsection
36445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36454 \begin_layout Standard
36455 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36459 \begin_layout Subsection
36464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36473 \begin_layout Standard
36474 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36477 \begin_layout Subsection
36482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36483 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36494 Reconfiguration of LyX
36498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36515 Reconfiguration of LyX
36523 \begin_layout Standard
36524 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36525 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36526 \begin_inset space ~
36530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36532 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36539 \begin_layout Subsection
36543 \begin_layout Standard
36544 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36551 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36558 \begin_layout Section
36563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36572 \begin_layout Standard
36573 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36577 \begin_layout Standard
36581 \begin_inset space ~
36586 shows a LyX-document with informations about the Latex@LaTeX-packages and
36587 classes found by LyX (see also section
36588 \begin_inset space ~
36592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36594 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36601 \begin_layout Section
36603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36605 name "sec:Toolbars"
36612 \begin_layout Standard
36613 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36614 \begin_inset space ~
36618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36620 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36627 \begin_layout Standard
36628 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36629 This is described in the
36636 \begin_layout Subsection
36641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36650 \begin_layout Standard
36651 \begin_inset Graphics
36652 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36660 \begin_layout Standard
36661 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36667 \begin_layout Standard
36668 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36685 \begin_inset Note Note
36688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36689 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36694 manual for more information.
36702 \begin_layout Standard
36703 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36709 \begin_layout Standard
36710 \begin_inset Tabular
36711 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36712 <features islongtable="true">
36713 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36714 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36720 \begin_inset Graphics
36721 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36735 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
36748 \begin_layout Standard
36749 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36755 \begin_layout Standard
36757 \begin_inset Tabular
36758 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36759 <features islongtable="true">
36760 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36761 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36762 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36769 \begin_inset Graphics
36770 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36771 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36786 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36793 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36798 \begin_inset Graphics
36799 filename ../images/file-open.png
36800 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36815 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36822 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36827 \begin_inset Graphics
36828 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36829 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36844 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36851 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36856 \begin_inset Graphics
36857 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36858 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36873 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36880 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36885 \begin_inset Graphics
36886 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36887 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36902 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36909 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36914 \begin_inset Graphics
36915 filename ../images/undo.png
36916 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36931 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36938 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36943 \begin_inset Graphics
36944 filename ../images/redo.png
36945 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36960 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36967 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36972 \begin_inset Graphics
36973 filename ../images/cut.png
36974 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36989 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36996 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37001 \begin_inset Graphics
37002 filename ../images/copy.png
37003 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37018 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37025 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37030 \begin_inset Graphics
37031 filename ../images/paste.png
37032 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37047 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37054 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37059 \begin_inset Graphics
37060 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37061 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37062 rotateOrigin center
37071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37077 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37079 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37083 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37092 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37097 \begin_inset Graphics
37098 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37099 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37112 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37114 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37116 \begin_inset space ~
37127 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37132 \begin_inset Graphics
37133 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37134 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37147 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37149 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37151 \begin_inset space ~
37162 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37167 \begin_inset Graphics
37168 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37169 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37182 Formats text using the current settings in the
37184 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37186 \begin_inset space ~
37197 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37202 \begin_inset Graphics
37203 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37204 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37220 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37222 \begin_inset space ~
37231 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37236 \begin_inset Graphics
37237 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37238 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37239 rotateOrigin center
37248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37254 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37261 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37266 \begin_inset Graphics
37267 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37268 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37269 rotateOrigin center
37278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37284 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37291 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37296 \begin_inset Graphics
37297 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37298 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37299 rotateOrigin center
37308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37312 Toggle outline window on/off,
37314 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37326 \begin_inset Graphics
37327 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37328 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37329 rotateOrigin center
37338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37342 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37348 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37353 \begin_inset Graphics
37354 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37355 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37356 rotateOrigin center
37365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37369 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37382 \begin_layout Subsection
37387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37396 \begin_layout Standard
37397 \begin_inset Graphics
37398 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37406 \begin_layout Standard
37407 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37413 \begin_layout Standard
37414 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37418 \begin_layout Standard
37419 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37425 \begin_layout Standard
37426 \begin_inset Tabular
37427 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37428 <features islongtable="true">
37429 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37430 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37431 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37436 \begin_inset Graphics
37437 filename ../images/layout.png
37438 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37439 rotateOrigin center
37448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37458 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37463 \begin_inset Graphics
37464 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37465 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37466 rotateOrigin center
37475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37485 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37490 \begin_inset Graphics
37491 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37493 rotateOrigin center
37502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37512 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37517 \begin_inset Graphics
37518 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37519 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37520 rotateOrigin center
37529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37539 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37544 \begin_inset Graphics
37545 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37546 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37547 rotateOrigin center
37556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37566 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37571 \begin_inset Graphics
37572 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37573 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37574 rotateOrigin center
37583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37589 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37591 \begin_inset space ~
37595 \begin_inset space ~
37604 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37609 \begin_inset Graphics
37610 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37611 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37612 rotateOrigin center
37621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37627 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37629 \begin_inset space ~
37633 \begin_inset space ~
37642 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37647 \begin_inset Graphics
37648 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37649 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37664 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37665 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37672 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37677 \begin_inset Graphics
37678 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37679 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37694 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37695 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37702 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37707 \begin_inset Graphics
37708 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37709 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37724 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37731 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37736 \begin_inset Graphics
37737 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37738 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37753 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37760 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37765 \begin_inset Graphics
37766 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37767 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37782 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37789 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37794 \begin_inset Graphics
37795 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37796 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37811 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37813 \begin_inset space ~
37822 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37827 \begin_inset Graphics
37828 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37829 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37844 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37846 \begin_inset space ~
37855 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37860 \begin_inset Graphics
37861 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37862 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37884 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37889 \begin_inset Graphics
37890 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37891 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37892 rotateOrigin center
37901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37909 \begin_inset space ~
37918 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37923 \begin_inset Graphics
37924 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37925 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37940 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37941 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37943 \begin_inset space ~
37952 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37957 \begin_inset Graphics
37958 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37959 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37974 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37981 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37986 \begin_inset Graphics
37987 filename ../images/url-insert.png
37988 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38003 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38010 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38015 \begin_inset Graphics
38016 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38017 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38032 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38054 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38059 \begin_inset Graphics
38060 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38061 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38076 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38077 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38079 \begin_inset space ~
38088 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38093 \begin_inset Graphics
38094 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38095 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38096 rotateOrigin center
38105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38111 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38113 \begin_inset space ~
38122 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38127 \begin_inset Graphics
38128 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38129 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38130 rotateOrigin center
38139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38145 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38147 \begin_inset space ~
38156 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38161 \begin_inset Graphics
38162 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38163 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38164 rotateOrigin center
38173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38179 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38193 \begin_layout Subsection
38194 View / Update Toolbar
38198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38199 Toolbar ! View / Update
38207 \begin_layout Standard
38208 \begin_inset Graphics
38209 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38216 \begin_layout Standard
38217 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38223 \begin_layout Standard
38224 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38228 \begin_layout Standard
38229 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38235 \begin_layout Standard
38236 \begin_inset Tabular
38237 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38238 <features islongtable="true">
38239 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38240 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38241 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38246 \begin_inset Graphics
38247 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38248 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38249 rotateOrigin center
38258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38264 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38271 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38276 \begin_inset Graphics
38277 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38278 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38279 rotateOrigin center
38288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38294 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38295 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38302 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38307 \begin_inset Graphics
38308 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38309 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38310 rotateOrigin center
38319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38325 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38332 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38337 \begin_inset Graphics
38338 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38339 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38340 rotateOrigin center
38349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38355 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38356 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38362 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38363 functionality is merged with
38365 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38380 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38385 \begin_inset Graphics
38386 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38387 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38388 rotateOrigin center
38397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38403 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38410 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38415 \begin_inset Graphics
38416 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38417 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38418 rotateOrigin center
38427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38433 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38434 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38448 \begin_layout Subsection
38452 \begin_layout Standard
38453 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38454 \begin_inset space ~
38458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38460 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38464 , the table toolbar
38468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38474 is explained in the
38481 \begin_layout Chapter
38487 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38489 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38506 \begin_layout Standard
38507 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38509 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38512 \begin_layout Section
38516 \begin_layout Subsection
38518 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38529 Customization ! of toolbars
38538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38539 Customization ! of menus
38547 \begin_layout Standard
38548 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38556 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
38564 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38565 User Interface File
38569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38570 Customization ! of toolbars
38579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38580 Customization ! of menus
38588 \begin_layout Standard
38589 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
38590 interface (ui) file.
38591 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
38592 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
38601 Both files are loaded by the
38606 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
38607 files and edit the entries.
38610 \begin_layout Standard
38611 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
38623 entries must be ended with an explicit
38648 and in the case of the
38649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38661 The syntax for the entries is:
38664 \begin_layout Standard
38665 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38693 \begin_layout Standard
38695 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38698 All LyX-functions are listed in
38699 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38708 \begin_layout Standard
38709 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38715 \begin_layout Standard
38716 An example: Assuming you use the menu
38718 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38721 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
38725 \begin_layout Standard
38726 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38731 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
38734 \begin_layout Standard
38736 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38739 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
38742 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38756 \begin_layout Standard
38757 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
38758 Several binding files are available:
38761 \begin_layout Description
38762 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
38765 \begin_layout Description
38766 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
38777 \begin_layout Description
38778 mac.bind set of bindings for
38781 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38789 \begin_layout Standard
38790 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
38794 , and bind files for special languages.
38795 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
38797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38805 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
38809 \begin_layout Standard
38810 Some bind-files, like
38814 , have only a small scope.
38815 When looking at the the end of the file
38819 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
38822 \begin_layout Standard
38823 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
38824 s with a text editor.
38825 The syntax of the entries is:
38828 \begin_layout Standard
38834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38852 \begin_layout Standard
38853 All LyX-functions are listed in
38854 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38863 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38867 \begin_layout Standard
38871 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38875 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38878 restore window size, or use fixed size
38880 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
38884 \begin_layout Standard
38888 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38892 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38895 restore window position
38897 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
38900 \begin_layout Standard
38903 Restore cursor positions
38905 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
38909 \begin_layout Standard
38912 Load opened files from last session
38914 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
38917 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38919 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38921 name "sub:Backup documents"
38929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38938 \begin_layout Standard
38943 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
38946 \begin_layout Standard
38951 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
38954 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38956 \begin_inset space ~
38964 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38968 \begin_layout Standard
38971 Cursor follows scrollbar
38973 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
38977 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38981 \begin_layout Standard
38984 Enable Pixmap Cache
38986 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
38987 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
38988 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
38989 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
38991 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
38992 \begin_inset space ~
38998 \begin_layout Subsection
39003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39010 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39012 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39019 \begin_layout Standard
39020 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39023 \begin_layout Standard
39024 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39032 This section only deals with the fonts
39037 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39040 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39041 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39052 \begin_layout Standard
39053 By default, LyX uses
39057 as roman (serif) font,
39065 (depends on the system) as
39068 \begin_inset space ~
39084 \begin_layout Standard
39085 You can change the font size with the
39092 \begin_layout Standard
39097 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39098 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39103 points have the size of 1
39104 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39108 \begin_inset space ~
39112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39114 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39121 \begin_layout Standard
39126 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39127 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39131 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39132 \begin_inset space ~
39136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39138 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39145 \begin_layout Subsection
39150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39169 \begin_layout Standard
39170 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39171 Choose an item in the list and use the
39178 \begin_layout Subsection
39183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39184 Settings ! Graphics
39192 \begin_layout Standard
39193 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39196 \begin_layout Standard
39201 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39202 This feature is described in section
39203 \begin_inset space ~
39207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39209 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39216 \begin_layout Subsection
39221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39232 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39238 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39240 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39247 \begin_layout Standard
39248 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39249 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39251 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39255 \begin_inset space ~
39258 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39259 can use the keyboard map file named
39266 \begin_layout Standard
39267 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39275 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39283 \begin_layout Section
39288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39299 Settings ! Directory
39307 \begin_layout Description
39309 \begin_inset space ~
39312 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39313 It is the default when you
39324 \begin_inset space ~
39332 \begin_layout Description
39334 \begin_inset space ~
39337 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39339 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39341 \begin_inset space ~
39345 \begin_inset space ~
39353 \begin_layout Description
39355 \begin_inset space ~
39362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39368 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39369 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39370 \begin_inset space ~
39374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39376 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39384 will be used to save the backups.
39385 \begin_inset Newline newline
39388 The backup files have the ending
39389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39399 \begin_layout Description
39404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39411 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39412 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39413 \begin_inset Newline newline
39417 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39425 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39433 \begin_layout Description
39435 \begin_inset space ~
39438 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39441 \begin_layout Description
39443 \begin_inset space ~
39446 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39447 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39448 to find it on the system.
39449 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39450 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39459 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39460 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39464 \begin_layout Section
39468 \begin_layout Standard
39469 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39470 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39472 \begin_inset space ~
39476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39478 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39482 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39485 \begin_layout Section
39490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39491 Language ! Settings
39500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39501 Settings ! Language
39509 \begin_layout Subsection
39513 \begin_layout Description
39515 \begin_inset space ~
39518 language is the language used in new documents
39521 \begin_layout Description
39523 \begin_inset space ~
39526 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39528 The default is the LaTeX-command
39534 that loads the package
39542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39543 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39544 \begin_inset space ~
39548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39550 reference "sec:ERT"
39560 \begin_inset Newline newline
39567 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
39568 the document language.
39569 A text label is for instance the word
39570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39577 at the beginning of every table-caption.
39580 \begin_layout Description
39582 \begin_inset space ~
39585 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
39586 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
39587 An example is the start command
39593 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
39598 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39613 selectlanguage{$$lang}
39618 \begin_layout Description
39620 \begin_inset space ~
39628 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
39629 command toggles the package on and off.
39632 \begin_layout Description
39634 \begin_inset space ~
39644 \begin_layout Description
39645 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
39646 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
39647 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
39648 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
39655 \begin_layout Description
39657 \begin_inset space ~
39660 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
39662 When this option is not set, the
39665 \begin_inset space ~
39670 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
39671 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
39674 \begin_inset space ~
39682 \begin_layout Description
39684 \begin_inset space ~
39690 \begin_inset space ~
39696 When it is not set, the
39699 \begin_inset space ~
39704 is set to the end of the document.
39707 \begin_layout Description
39709 \begin_inset space ~
39713 \begin_inset space ~
39716 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
39717 language will be underlined blue.
39720 \begin_layout Description
39722 \begin_inset space ~
39726 \begin_inset space ~
39730 \begin_inset space ~
39734 \begin_inset space ~
39737 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
39741 \begin_layout Subsection
39745 \begin_layout Standard
39746 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
39747 \begin_inset space ~
39751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39753 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39760 \begin_layout Section
39764 \begin_layout Subsection
39766 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39795 \begin_layout Description
39797 \begin_inset space ~
39800 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
39801 The name will be used when the
39806 \begin_inset Newline newline
39810 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39818 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
39827 \begin_layout Description
39829 \begin_inset space ~
39833 \begin_inset space ~
39837 \begin_inset space ~
39840 printer This option works only for the
39845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39857 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
39858 This is an option only for dvips experts.
39861 \begin_layout Description
39863 \begin_inset space ~
39866 command is the command LyX
39867 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39871 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39874 LaTeX uses for printing.
39875 The default is on most systems
39882 \begin_layout Description
39884 \begin_inset space ~
39888 \begin_inset space ~
39891 Options Here you can specify printer options.
39892 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
39893 of the program that provides the
39900 \begin_layout Subsection
39905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39916 Settings ! Date format
39924 \begin_layout Standard
39925 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
39926 \begin_inset Newline newline
39930 \begin_inset Flex URL
39933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39935 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
39941 \begin_inset Newline newline
39944 For example the format
39945 \begin_inset Newline newline
39949 \begin_inset Newline newline
39952 prints the date as day/month/year.
39955 \begin_layout Subsection
39959 \begin_layout Description
39961 \begin_inset space ~
39965 \begin_inset space ~
39968 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
39971 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39972 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39974 \begin_inset space ~
39980 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
39984 \begin_layout Description
39986 \begin_inset space ~
39989 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
39994 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
39995 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
39998 \begin_layout Subsection
40003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40013 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40022 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40030 \begin_layout Description
40035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40043 \begin_inset space ~
40046 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40051 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40073 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40086 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40087 LyX sets up in the background.
40088 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40091 \begin_layout Description
40093 \begin_inset space ~
40097 \begin_inset space ~
40100 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40105 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40108 \begin_layout Description
40110 \begin_inset space ~
40114 \begin_inset space ~
40118 \begin_inset space ~
40122 \begin_inset space ~
40126 \begin_inset space ~
40130 \begin_inset space ~
40133 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40135 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40138 dialog when changing the document class.
40141 \begin_layout Standard
40144 External Applications
40146 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40147 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40148 manuals of the applications.
40149 Currently the following commands can be set:
40152 \begin_layout Description
40157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40165 \begin_inset space ~
40168 command Command for the program
40172 that is described in section
40183 \begin_layout Description
40188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40196 \begin_inset space ~
40199 command Command for the program
40203 that generates the bibliography, see section
40204 \begin_inset space ~
40208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40210 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40217 \begin_layout Description
40219 \begin_inset space ~
40222 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40223 \begin_inset space ~
40227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40229 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40236 \begin_layout Description
40238 \begin_inset space ~
40242 \begin_inset space ~
40246 \begin_inset space ~
40250 \begin_inset space ~
40253 options They only have an effect when the program
40257 is used as DVI-viewer.
40260 \begin_layout Subsection
40265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40284 \begin_layout Standard
40289 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40292 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40294 uses the Windows path style:
40297 \begin_layout Standard
40305 \begin_layout Standard
40306 instead of the Unix path style:
40309 \begin_layout Standard
40313 \begin_layout Section
40318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40327 \begin_layout Standard
40328 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40329 from one format to another.
40330 You can modify them or create new ones.
40331 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40338 \begin_inset space ~
40348 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40352 \begin_inset space ~
40357 drop-down list, modify the
40361 field, and press the
40368 \begin_layout Standard
40371 Converter File Cache
40373 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40376 Maximum Age (in days
40379 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40380 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40383 \begin_layout Standard
40384 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40385 the converter definition, is described in section
40396 \begin_layout Section
40401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40410 name "sec:File-Formats"
40417 \begin_layout Standard
40418 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40419 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40421 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40429 \begin_inset space ~
40441 \begin_layout Standard
40442 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40443 is described in section
40454 \begin_layout Section
40459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40468 \begin_layout Standard
40469 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40470 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40471 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40472 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40473 This is done by a Copier.
40476 \begin_layout Standard
40477 More about converters is described in section
40488 \begin_layout Chapter
40489 Units available in LyX
40493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40500 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40502 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40509 \begin_layout Standard
40510 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40513 reference "cap:Units"
40517 explains all units available in LyX.
40520 \begin_layout Standard
40521 \begin_inset Float table
40527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40528 \begin_inset Caption
40530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40531 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40546 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40554 \begin_inset Tabular
40555 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
40557 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40558 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40654 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40658 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40682 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40686 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40709 scaled point (65536
40710 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40714 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40738 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40742 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40766 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40770 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
40774 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40798 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40802 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40825 % of original image width
40832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41014 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41018 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41039 \begin_layout Chapter
41041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41050 \begin_layout Standard
41051 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41052 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41055 \begin_layout Itemize
41058 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41061 \begin_layout Itemize
41067 \begin_layout Itemize
41073 \begin_layout Itemize
41079 \begin_layout Itemize
41085 \begin_layout Itemize
41091 \begin_layout Itemize
41097 \begin_layout Itemize
41103 \begin_layout Itemize
41106 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41109 \begin_layout Itemize
41115 \begin_layout Itemize
41121 \begin_layout Itemize
41127 \begin_layout Itemize
41133 \begin_layout Itemize
41139 \begin_layout Itemize
41145 \begin_layout Itemize
41151 \begin_layout Itemize
41157 \begin_layout Itemize
41159 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41168 \begin_layout Standard
41169 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41172 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41179 \begin_layout Bibliography
41180 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41181 LatexCommand bibitem
41188 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41191 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41196 \begin_inset Newline newline
41200 \begin_inset Flex URL
41203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41205 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41213 \begin_layout Bibliography
41214 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41215 LatexCommand bibitem
41216 key "latexcompanion"
41220 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41222 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41225 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41228 \begin_layout Bibliography
41229 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41230 LatexCommand bibitem
41235 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41238 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41241 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41244 \begin_layout Bibliography
41245 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41246 LatexCommand bibitem
41253 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41256 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41259 \begin_layout Bibliography
41260 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41261 LatexCommand bibitem
41273 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41276 \begin_layout Bibliography
41277 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41278 LatexCommand bibitem
41284 \begin_inset Newline newline
41288 \begin_inset Flex URL
41291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41293 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41301 \begin_layout Bibliography
41302 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41303 LatexCommand bibitem
41309 \begin_inset Newline newline
41313 \begin_inset Flex URL
41316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41318 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41326 \begin_layout Bibliography
41327 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41328 LatexCommand bibitem
41334 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41336 name "Documentation"
41337 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41346 \begin_inset Newline newline
41350 \begin_inset Flex URL
41353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41355 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41363 \begin_layout Bibliography
41364 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41365 LatexCommand bibitem
41371 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41373 name "Documentation"
41374 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
41383 \begin_inset Newline newline
41387 \begin_inset Flex URL
41390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41392 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
41400 \begin_layout Bibliography
41401 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41402 LatexCommand bibitem
41408 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41410 name "Documentation"
41411 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41415 of the LaTeX-package
41423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41424 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41430 \begin_inset Newline newline
41434 \begin_inset Flex URL
41437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41439 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41447 \begin_layout Bibliography
41448 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41449 LatexCommand bibitem
41455 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41457 name "Documentation"
41458 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41462 of the LaTeX-package
41470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41471 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41477 \begin_inset Newline newline
41481 \begin_inset Flex URL
41484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41486 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41494 \begin_layout Bibliography
41495 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41496 LatexCommand bibitem
41502 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41504 name "Documentation"
41505 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41509 of the LaTeX-package
41517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41518 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41524 \begin_inset Newline newline
41528 \begin_inset Flex URL
41531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41533 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41541 \begin_layout Bibliography
41542 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41543 LatexCommand bibitem
41549 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41551 name "Documentation"
41552 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
41556 of the LaTeX-package
41564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41565 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
41571 \begin_inset Newline newline
41575 \begin_inset Flex URL
41578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41580 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
41588 \begin_layout Bibliography
41589 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41590 LatexCommand bibitem
41596 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41598 name "Documentation"
41599 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
41603 of the LaTeX-package
41611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41612 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
41618 \begin_inset Newline newline
41622 \begin_inset Flex URL
41625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41627 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
41635 \begin_layout Bibliography
41636 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41637 LatexCommand bibitem
41643 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41646 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
41650 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
41651 \begin_inset Newline newline
41655 \begin_inset Flex URL
41658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41660 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
41668 \begin_layout Bibliography
41669 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41670 LatexCommand bibitem
41676 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41679 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
41683 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
41684 \begin_inset Newline newline
41688 \begin_inset Flex URL
41691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41693 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
41701 \begin_layout Bibliography
41702 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41703 LatexCommand bibitem
41709 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41712 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
41716 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
41717 \begin_inset Newline newline
41721 \begin_inset Flex URL
41724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41726 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
41734 \begin_layout Bibliography
41735 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41736 LatexCommand bibitem
41742 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41745 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
41749 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
41750 \begin_inset Newline newline
41754 \begin_inset Flex URL
41757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41759 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
41767 \begin_layout Bibliography
41768 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41769 LatexCommand bibitem
41775 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41778 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
41782 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
41783 \begin_inset Newline newline
41787 \begin_inset Flex URL
41790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41792 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
41800 \begin_layout Bibliography
41801 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41802 LatexCommand bibitem
41808 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41811 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
41815 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
41816 \begin_inset Newline newline
41820 \begin_inset Flex URL
41823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41825 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
41833 \begin_layout Bibliography
41834 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41835 LatexCommand bibitem
41841 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41844 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
41848 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
41849 \begin_inset Newline newline
41853 \begin_inset Flex URL
41856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41858 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
41866 \begin_layout Bibliography
41867 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41868 LatexCommand bibitem
41874 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41877 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
41881 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
41882 \begin_inset Newline newline
41886 \begin_inset Flex URL
41889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41891 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
41899 \begin_layout Bibliography
41900 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41901 LatexCommand bibitem
41907 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41910 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
41914 about new features in
41919 \begin_inset Newline newline
41923 \begin_inset Flex URL
41926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41928 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
41936 \begin_layout Standard
41937 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41971 \begin_inset Note Note
41974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41981 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
41982 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
41983 bibliography is the second one:
41991 \begin_layout Standard
41992 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
41993 LatexCommand bibtex
41994 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
41995 options "biblio/alphadin"
42002 \begin_layout Standard
42003 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42006 \begin_layout Standard
42009 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42010 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42015 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42016 LatexCommand printindex